<html><body>
<style>

body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
  margin: 0;
  padding: 0;
  border: 0;
  font-weight: inherit;
  font-style: inherit;
  font-size: 100%;
  font-family: inherit;
  vertical-align: baseline;
}

body {
  font-size: 13px;
  padding: 1em;
}

h1 {
  font-size: 26px;
  margin-bottom: 1em;
}

h2 {
  font-size: 24px;
  margin-bottom: 1em;
}

h3 {
  font-size: 20px;
  margin-bottom: 1em;
  margin-top: 1em;
}

pre, code {
  line-height: 1.5;
  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
}

pre {
  margin-top: 0.5em;
}

h1, h2, h3, p {
  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
}

h1, h2, h3 {
  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
}

.toc_element {
  margin-top: 0.5em;
}

.firstline {
  margin-left: 2 em;
}

.method  {
  margin-top: 1em;
  border: solid 1px #CCC;
  padding: 1em;
  background: #EEE;
}

.details {
  font-weight: bold;
  font-size: 14px;
}

</style>

<h1><a href="gkehub_v1.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html">features</a></h1>
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, featureId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Adds a new Feature.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Removes a Feature.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#get">get(name, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Gets details of a single Feature.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Lists Features in a given project and location.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates an existing Feature.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, featureId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Adds a new Feature.

Args:
  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the Feature will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Feature represents the settings and status of any Fleet Feature.
  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the Feature resource was created.
  &quot;deleteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the Feature resource was deleted.
  &quot;fleetDefaultMemberConfig&quot;: { # CommonFleetDefaultMemberConfigSpec contains default configuration information for memberships of a fleet # Optional. Feature configuration applicable to all memberships of the fleet.
    &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
      &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
      &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Optional. Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
        &quot;deploymentOverrides&quot;: [ # Optional. Configuration for deployment overrides.
          { # Configuration for a deployment override.
            &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Optional. The containers of the deployment resource to be overridden.
              { # Configuration for a container override.
                &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the container.
                &quot;cpuLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu limit of the container.
                &quot;cpuRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu request of the container.
                &quot;memoryLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory limit of the container.
                &quot;memoryRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory request of the container.
              },
            ],
            &quot;deploymentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the deployment resource to be overridden.
            &quot;deploymentNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The namespace of the deployment resource to be overridden.
          },
        ],
        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of the git or oci field.
        &quot;git&quot;: { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Optional. Git repo configuration for the cluster.
          &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
          &quot;httpsProxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
          &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository.
          &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount, githubapp or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
          &quot;syncBranch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master.
          &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth.
          &quot;syncRev&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD.
          &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
        },
        &quot;metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Email of the Google Cloud Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be bound to the GSA. Deprecated: If Workload Identity Federation for GKE is enabled, Google Cloud Service Account is no longer needed for exporting Config Sync metrics: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/enterprise/config-sync/docs/how-to/monitor-config-sync-cloud-monitoring#custom-monitoring.
        &quot;oci&quot;: { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # Optional. OCI repo configuration for the cluster
          &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
          &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
          &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the OCI repo. Must be one of gcenode, gcpserviceaccount, k8sserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
          &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OCI image repository URL for the package to sync from. e.g. `LOCATION-docker.pkg.dev/PROJECT_ID/REPOSITORY_NAME/PACKAGE_NAME`.
          &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
        },
        &quot;preventDrift&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts.
        &quot;sourceFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in &quot;hierarchical&quot; or &quot;unstructured&quot; mode.
        &quot;stopSyncing&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false.
      },
      &quot;hierarchyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Optional. Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Hierarchy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/hierarchical-namespaces instead.
        &quot;enableHierarchicalResourceQuota&quot;: True or False, # Whether hierarchical resource quota is enabled in this cluster.
        &quot;enablePodTreeLabels&quot;: True or False, # Whether pod tree labels are enabled in this cluster.
        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether Hierarchy Controller is enabled in this cluster.
      },
      &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Feature management.
      &quot;policyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Optional. Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Policy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use the policycontroller feature instead.
        &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the installation of Policy Controller. If false, the rest of PolicyController fields take no effect.
        &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
        &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # PolicyControllerMonitoring specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
          &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
        },
        &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
        &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
        &quot;templateLibraryInstalled&quot;: True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
        &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
      },
      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Version of ACM installed.
    },
    &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
      &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
        { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
          &quot;azureadConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration.
            &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider.
            &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
            &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret.
            &quot;groupFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.
            &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.
            &quot;tenant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.
            &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.
          },
          &quot;googleConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration.
            &quot;disable&quot;: True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms.
          },
          &quot;ldapConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the LDAP Auth flow. # LDAP specific configuration.
            &quot;group&quot;: { # Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory. # Optional. Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory.
              &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for group entries.
              &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional filter to be used when searching for groups a user belongs to. This can be used to explicitly match only certain groups in order to reduce the amount of groups returned for each user. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=Group)&quot;.
              &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The identifying name of each group a user belongs to. For example, if this is set to &quot;distinguishedName&quot; then RBACs and other group expectations should be written as full DNs. This defaults to &quot;distinguishedName&quot;.
            },
            &quot;server&quot;: { # Server settings for the external LDAP server. # Required. Server settings for the external LDAP server.
              &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Contains a Base64 encoded, PEM formatted certificate authority certificate for the LDAP server. This must be provided for the &quot;ldaps&quot; and &quot;startTLS&quot; connections.
              &quot;connectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defines the connection type to communicate with the LDAP server. If `starttls` or `ldaps` is specified, the certificate_authority_data should not be empty.
              &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Defines the hostname or IP of the LDAP server. Port is optional and will default to 389, if unspecified. For example, &quot;ldap.server.example&quot; or &quot;10.10.10.10:389&quot;.
            },
            &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: { # Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate. # Required. Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate.
              &quot;simpleBindCredentials&quot;: { # The structure holds the LDAP simple binding credential. # Credentials for basic auth.
                &quot;dn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The distinguished name(DN) of the service account object/user.
                &quot;encryptedPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The encrypted password of the service account object/user.
                &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The password of the service account object/user.
              },
            },
            &quot;user&quot;: { # Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory. # Required. Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory.
              &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for user entries.
              &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Filter to apply when searching for the user. This can be used to further restrict the user accounts which are allowed to login. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=User)&quot;.
              &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Determines which attribute to use as the user&#x27;s identity after they are authenticated. This is distinct from the loginAttribute field to allow users to login with a username, but then have their actual identifier be an email address or full Distinguished Name (DN). For example, setting loginAttribute to &quot;sAMAccountName&quot; and identifierAttribute to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; would allow a user to login as &quot;bsmith&quot;, but actual RBAC policies for the user would be written as &quot;bsmith@example.com&quot;. Using &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; is recommended since this will be unique for each user. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
              &quot;loginAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the attribute which matches against the input username. This is used to find the user in the LDAP database e.g. &quot;(=)&quot; and is combined with the optional filter field. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
            },
          },
          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
          &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
            &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
            &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
            &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted OIDC client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
            &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
            &quot;enableAccessToken&quot;: True or False, # Enable access token.
            &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted OIDC Client secret
            &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
            &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
            &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
            &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
            &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
            &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
            &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
            &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
          },
          &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
          &quot;samlConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration.
            &quot;attributeMapping&quot;: { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is &quot;attribute.nickname&quot; and `value` is &quot;assertion.nickname&quot;.
              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
            },
            &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.
            &quot;groupsAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).
            &quot;identityProviderCertificates&quot;: [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;identityProviderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.
            &quot;identityProviderSsoUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.
            &quot;userAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).
            &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.
          },
        },
      ],
      &quot;identityServiceOptions&quot;: { # Holds non-protocol-related configuration options. # Optional. non-protocol-related configuration options.
        &quot;diagnosticInterface&quot;: { # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface. # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface.
          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to enable the diagnostic interface.
          &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the expiration time of the diagnostic interface enablement. When reached, requests to the interface would be automatically rejected.
        },
        &quot;sessionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the lifespan of STS tokens issued by Anthos Identity Service.
      },
    },
    &quot;mesh&quot;: { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec
      &quot;configApi&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads.
      &quot;controlPlane&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management.
      &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management.
    },
    &quot;policycontroller&quot;: { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec.
      &quot;policyControllerHubConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster.
        &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
        &quot;constraintViolationLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used.
        &quot;deploymentConfigs&quot;: { # Map of deployment configs to deployments (&quot;admission&quot;, &quot;audit&quot;, &quot;mutation&#x27;).
          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Deployment-specific configuration.
            &quot;containerResources&quot;: { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements.
              &quot;limits&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container.
                &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
              },
              &quot;requests&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler.
                &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
              },
            },
            &quot;podAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod affinity configuration.
            &quot;podAntiAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. Deprecated: use `pod_affinity` instead.
            &quot;podTolerations&quot;: [ # Pod tolerations of node taints.
              { # Toleration of a node taint.
                &quot;effect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint effect.
                &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique).
                &quot;operator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint operator.
                &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint value.
              },
            ],
            &quot;replicaCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod replica count.
          },
        },
        &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;installSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state.
        &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
        &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
          &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
        },
        &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller.
        &quot;policyContent&quot;: { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user&#x27;s desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster
          &quot;bundles&quot;: { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint.
            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle.
              &quot;exemptedNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
            },
          },
          &quot;templateLibrary&quot;: { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library.
            &quot;installation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster.
          },
        },
        &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
      },
      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of Policy Controller installed.
    },
  },
  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this Feature.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
  },
  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
      &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
        &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
        &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Optional. Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
          &quot;deploymentOverrides&quot;: [ # Optional. Configuration for deployment overrides.
            { # Configuration for a deployment override.
              &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Optional. The containers of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                { # Configuration for a container override.
                  &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the container.
                  &quot;cpuLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu limit of the container.
                  &quot;cpuRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu request of the container.
                  &quot;memoryLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory limit of the container.
                  &quot;memoryRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory request of the container.
                },
              ],
              &quot;deploymentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the deployment resource to be overridden.
              &quot;deploymentNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The namespace of the deployment resource to be overridden.
            },
          ],
          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of the git or oci field.
          &quot;git&quot;: { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Optional. Git repo configuration for the cluster.
            &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
            &quot;httpsProxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
            &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository.
            &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount, githubapp or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
            &quot;syncBranch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master.
            &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth.
            &quot;syncRev&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD.
            &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
          },
          &quot;metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Email of the Google Cloud Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be bound to the GSA. Deprecated: If Workload Identity Federation for GKE is enabled, Google Cloud Service Account is no longer needed for exporting Config Sync metrics: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/enterprise/config-sync/docs/how-to/monitor-config-sync-cloud-monitoring#custom-monitoring.
          &quot;oci&quot;: { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # Optional. OCI repo configuration for the cluster
            &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
            &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
            &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the OCI repo. Must be one of gcenode, gcpserviceaccount, k8sserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
            &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OCI image repository URL for the package to sync from. e.g. `LOCATION-docker.pkg.dev/PROJECT_ID/REPOSITORY_NAME/PACKAGE_NAME`.
            &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
          },
          &quot;preventDrift&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts.
          &quot;sourceFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in &quot;hierarchical&quot; or &quot;unstructured&quot; mode.
          &quot;stopSyncing&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false.
        },
        &quot;hierarchyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Optional. Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Hierarchy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/hierarchical-namespaces instead.
          &quot;enableHierarchicalResourceQuota&quot;: True or False, # Whether hierarchical resource quota is enabled in this cluster.
          &quot;enablePodTreeLabels&quot;: True or False, # Whether pod tree labels are enabled in this cluster.
          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether Hierarchy Controller is enabled in this cluster.
        },
        &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Feature management.
        &quot;policyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Optional. Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Policy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use the policycontroller feature instead.
          &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the installation of Policy Controller. If false, the rest of PolicyController fields take no effect.
          &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
          &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # PolicyControllerMonitoring specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
            &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
          },
          &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
          &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
          &quot;templateLibraryInstalled&quot;: True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
          &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
        },
        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Version of ACM installed.
      },
      &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **FleetObservability**: The membership-specific input for FleetObservability feature. # Fleet observability membership spec
      },
      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
        &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
          { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
            &quot;azureadConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration.
              &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider.
              &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
              &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret.
              &quot;groupFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.
              &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.
              &quot;tenant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.
              &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.
            },
            &quot;googleConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration.
              &quot;disable&quot;: True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms.
            },
            &quot;ldapConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the LDAP Auth flow. # LDAP specific configuration.
              &quot;group&quot;: { # Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory. # Optional. Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory.
                &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for group entries.
                &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional filter to be used when searching for groups a user belongs to. This can be used to explicitly match only certain groups in order to reduce the amount of groups returned for each user. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=Group)&quot;.
                &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The identifying name of each group a user belongs to. For example, if this is set to &quot;distinguishedName&quot; then RBACs and other group expectations should be written as full DNs. This defaults to &quot;distinguishedName&quot;.
              },
              &quot;server&quot;: { # Server settings for the external LDAP server. # Required. Server settings for the external LDAP server.
                &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Contains a Base64 encoded, PEM formatted certificate authority certificate for the LDAP server. This must be provided for the &quot;ldaps&quot; and &quot;startTLS&quot; connections.
                &quot;connectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defines the connection type to communicate with the LDAP server. If `starttls` or `ldaps` is specified, the certificate_authority_data should not be empty.
                &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Defines the hostname or IP of the LDAP server. Port is optional and will default to 389, if unspecified. For example, &quot;ldap.server.example&quot; or &quot;10.10.10.10:389&quot;.
              },
              &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: { # Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate. # Required. Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate.
                &quot;simpleBindCredentials&quot;: { # The structure holds the LDAP simple binding credential. # Credentials for basic auth.
                  &quot;dn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The distinguished name(DN) of the service account object/user.
                  &quot;encryptedPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The encrypted password of the service account object/user.
                  &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The password of the service account object/user.
                },
              },
              &quot;user&quot;: { # Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory. # Required. Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory.
                &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for user entries.
                &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Filter to apply when searching for the user. This can be used to further restrict the user accounts which are allowed to login. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=User)&quot;.
                &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Determines which attribute to use as the user&#x27;s identity after they are authenticated. This is distinct from the loginAttribute field to allow users to login with a username, but then have their actual identifier be an email address or full Distinguished Name (DN). For example, setting loginAttribute to &quot;sAMAccountName&quot; and identifierAttribute to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; would allow a user to login as &quot;bsmith&quot;, but actual RBAC policies for the user would be written as &quot;bsmith@example.com&quot;. Using &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; is recommended since this will be unique for each user. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                &quot;loginAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the attribute which matches against the input username. This is used to find the user in the LDAP database e.g. &quot;(=)&quot; and is combined with the optional filter field. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
              },
            },
            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
            &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
              &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
              &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
              &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted OIDC client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
              &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
              &quot;enableAccessToken&quot;: True or False, # Enable access token.
              &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted OIDC Client secret
              &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
              &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
              &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
              &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
              &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
              &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
              &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
              &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
            },
            &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
            &quot;samlConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration.
              &quot;attributeMapping&quot;: { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is &quot;attribute.nickname&quot; and `value` is &quot;assertion.nickname&quot;.
                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
              },
              &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.
              &quot;groupsAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).
              &quot;identityProviderCertificates&quot;: [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
              &quot;identityProviderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.
              &quot;identityProviderSsoUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.
              &quot;userAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).
              &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.
            },
          },
        ],
        &quot;identityServiceOptions&quot;: { # Holds non-protocol-related configuration options. # Optional. non-protocol-related configuration options.
          &quot;diagnosticInterface&quot;: { # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface. # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface.
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to enable the diagnostic interface.
            &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the expiration time of the diagnostic interface enablement. When reached, requests to the interface would be automatically rejected.
          },
          &quot;sessionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the lifespan of STS tokens issued by Anthos Identity Service.
        },
      },
      &quot;mesh&quot;: { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec
        &quot;configApi&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads.
        &quot;controlPlane&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management.
        &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management.
      },
      &quot;origin&quot;: { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly.
        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type specifies which type of origin is set.
      },
      &quot;policycontroller&quot;: { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec.
        &quot;policyControllerHubConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster.
          &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
          &quot;constraintViolationLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used.
          &quot;deploymentConfigs&quot;: { # Map of deployment configs to deployments (&quot;admission&quot;, &quot;audit&quot;, &quot;mutation&#x27;).
            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Deployment-specific configuration.
              &quot;containerResources&quot;: { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements.
                &quot;limits&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container.
                  &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                  &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                },
                &quot;requests&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler.
                  &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                  &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                },
              },
              &quot;podAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod affinity configuration.
              &quot;podAntiAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. Deprecated: use `pod_affinity` instead.
              &quot;podTolerations&quot;: [ # Pod tolerations of node taints.
                { # Toleration of a node taint.
                  &quot;effect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint effect.
                  &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique).
                  &quot;operator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint operator.
                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint value.
                },
              ],
              &quot;replicaCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod replica count.
            },
          },
          &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;installSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state.
          &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
          &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
            &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
          },
          &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller.
          &quot;policyContent&quot;: { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user&#x27;s desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster
            &quot;bundles&quot;: { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint.
              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle.
                &quot;exemptedNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle.
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
              },
            },
            &quot;templateLibrary&quot;: { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library.
              &quot;installation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster.
            },
          },
          &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
        },
        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of Policy Controller installed.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
      &quot;appdevexperience&quot;: { # State for App Dev Exp Feature. # Appdevexperience specific state.
        &quot;networkingInstallSucceeded&quot;: { # Status specifies state for the subcomponent. # Status of subcomponent that detects configured Service Mesh resources.
          &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Code specifies AppDevExperienceFeature&#x27;s subcomponent ready state.
          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed.
        },
      },
      &quot;clusterupgrade&quot;: { # Per-membership state for this feature. # ClusterUpgrade state.
        &quot;ignored&quot;: { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. # Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel.
          &quot;ignoredTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
          &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason why the membership is ignored.
        },
        &quot;upgrades&quot;: [ # Actual upgrade state against desired.
          { # ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state per-membership.
            &quot;status&quot;: { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status code of the upgrade.
              &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason for this status.
              &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last timestamp the status was updated.
            },
            &quot;upgrade&quot;: { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;k8s_control_plane&quot;. It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;1.22.1-gke.100&quot;. It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
            },
          },
        ],
      },
      &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
        &quot;clusterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name.
        &quot;configSyncState&quot;: { # State information for ConfigSync # Output only. Current sync status
          &quot;clusterLevelStopSyncingState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Whether syncing resources to the cluster is stopped at the cluster level.
          &quot;crCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. The number of RootSync and RepoSync CRs in the cluster.
          &quot;deploymentState&quot;: { # The state of ConfigSync&#x27;s deployment on a cluster # Output only. Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed
            &quot;admissionWebhook&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of admission-webhook
            &quot;gitSync&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the git-sync pod
            &quot;importer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the importer pod
            &quot;monitor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the monitor pod
            &quot;otelCollector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of otel-collector
            &quot;reconcilerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod
            &quot;resourceGroupControllerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager
            &quot;rootReconciler&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of root-reconciler
            &quot;syncer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the syncer pod
          },
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Output only. Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.
            { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync
              &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string representing the user facing error message
            },
          ],
          &quot;reposyncCrd&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the Reposync CRD
          &quot;rootsyncCrd&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the RootSync CRD
          &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of CS This field summarizes the other fields in this message.
          &quot;syncState&quot;: { # State indicating an ACM&#x27;s progress syncing configurations to a cluster # Output only. The state of ConfigSync&#x27;s process to sync configs to a cluster
            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sync status code
            &quot;errors&quot;: [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist.
              { # An ACM created error representing a problem syncing configurations
                &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An ACM defined error code
                &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description of the error
                &quot;errorResources&quot;: [ # A list of config(s) associated with the error, if any
                  { # Model for a config file in the git repo with an associated Sync error
                    &quot;resourceGvk&quot;: { # A Kubernetes object&#x27;s GVK # Group/version/kind of the resource that is causing an error
                      &quot;group&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kubernetes Group
                      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kubernetes Kind
                      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kubernetes Version
                    },
                    &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Metadata name of the resource that is causing an error
                    &quot;resourceNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Namespace of the resource that is causing an error
                    &quot;sourcePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path in the git repo of the erroneous config
                  },
                ],
              },
            ],
            &quot;importToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token indicating the state of the importer.
            &quot;lastSync&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
            &quot;lastSyncTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
            &quot;sourceToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token indicating the state of the repo.
            &quot;syncToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync&#x27;s Pods # Output only. The version of ConfigSync deployed
            &quot;admissionWebhook&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod
            &quot;gitSync&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed git-sync pod
            &quot;importer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed importer pod
            &quot;monitor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed monitor pod
            &quot;otelCollector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod
            &quot;reconcilerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod
            &quot;resourceGroupControllerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod
            &quot;rootReconciler&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod
            &quot;syncer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed syncer pod
          },
        },
        &quot;hierarchyControllerState&quot;: { # State for Hierarchy Controller # Output only. Hierarchy Controller status
          &quot;state&quot;: { # Deployment state for Hierarchy Controller # The deployment state for Hierarchy Controller
            &quot;extension&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deployment state for Hierarchy Controller extension (e.g. v0.7.0-hc.1)
            &quot;hnc&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deployment state for open source HNC (e.g. v0.7.0-hc.0)
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: { # Version for Hierarchy Controller # The version for Hierarchy Controller
            &quot;extension&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version for Hierarchy Controller extension
            &quot;hnc&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version for open source HNC
          },
        },
        &quot;kubernetesApiServerVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Kubernetes API server version of the cluster.
        &quot;membershipSpec&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Output only. Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
          &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
          &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Optional. Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
            &quot;deploymentOverrides&quot;: [ # Optional. Configuration for deployment overrides.
              { # Configuration for a deployment override.
                &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Optional. The containers of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                  { # Configuration for a container override.
                    &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the container.
                    &quot;cpuLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu limit of the container.
                    &quot;cpuRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu request of the container.
                    &quot;memoryLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory limit of the container.
                    &quot;memoryRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory request of the container.
                  },
                ],
                &quot;deploymentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                &quot;deploymentNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The namespace of the deployment resource to be overridden.
              },
            ],
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of the git or oci field.
            &quot;git&quot;: { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Optional. Git repo configuration for the cluster.
              &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
              &quot;httpsProxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
              &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository.
              &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount, githubapp or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
              &quot;syncBranch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master.
              &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth.
              &quot;syncRev&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD.
              &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
            },
            &quot;metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Email of the Google Cloud Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be bound to the GSA. Deprecated: If Workload Identity Federation for GKE is enabled, Google Cloud Service Account is no longer needed for exporting Config Sync metrics: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/enterprise/config-sync/docs/how-to/monitor-config-sync-cloud-monitoring#custom-monitoring.
            &quot;oci&quot;: { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # Optional. OCI repo configuration for the cluster
              &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
              &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
              &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the OCI repo. Must be one of gcenode, gcpserviceaccount, k8sserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
              &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OCI image repository URL for the package to sync from. e.g. `LOCATION-docker.pkg.dev/PROJECT_ID/REPOSITORY_NAME/PACKAGE_NAME`.
              &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
            },
            &quot;preventDrift&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts.
            &quot;sourceFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in &quot;hierarchical&quot; or &quot;unstructured&quot; mode.
            &quot;stopSyncing&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false.
          },
          &quot;hierarchyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Optional. Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Hierarchy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/hierarchical-namespaces instead.
            &quot;enableHierarchicalResourceQuota&quot;: True or False, # Whether hierarchical resource quota is enabled in this cluster.
            &quot;enablePodTreeLabels&quot;: True or False, # Whether pod tree labels are enabled in this cluster.
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether Hierarchy Controller is enabled in this cluster.
          },
          &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Feature management.
          &quot;policyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Optional. Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Policy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use the policycontroller feature instead.
            &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the installation of Policy Controller. If false, the rest of PolicyController fields take no effect.
            &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
            &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # PolicyControllerMonitoring specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
              &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
            },
            &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
            &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
            &quot;templateLibraryInstalled&quot;: True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
            &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Version of ACM installed.
        },
        &quot;operatorState&quot;: { # State information for an ACM&#x27;s Operator # Output only. Current install status of ACM&#x27;s Operator
          &quot;deploymentState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the Operator&#x27;s deployment
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Install errors.
            { # Errors pertaining to the installation of ACM
              &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string representing the user facing error message
            },
          ],
          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The semenatic version number of the operator
        },
        &quot;policyControllerState&quot;: { # State for PolicyControllerState. # Output only. PolicyController status
          &quot;deploymentState&quot;: { # State of Policy Controller installation. # The state about the policy controller installation.
            &quot;gatekeeperAudit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of gatekeeper-audit deployment.
            &quot;gatekeeperControllerManagerState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of gatekeeper-controller-manager pod.
            &quot;gatekeeperMutation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook.
          },
          &quot;migration&quot;: { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -&gt; PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -&gt; PoCo Hub migration for this feature.
            &quot;copyTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.
            &quot;stage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Stage of the migration.
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed.
            &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gatekeeper image tag that is composed of ACM version, git tag, build number.
          },
        },
      },
      &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **FleetObservability**: Membership-specific Feature state for fleetobservability. # Fleet observability membership state.
      },
      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific state.
        &quot;failureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason of the failure.
        &quot;installedVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.
        &quot;memberConfig&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Last reconciled membership configuration
          &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
            { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
              &quot;azureadConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration.
                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider.
                &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
                &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret.
                &quot;groupFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.
                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.
                &quot;tenant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.
                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.
              },
              &quot;googleConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration.
                &quot;disable&quot;: True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms.
              },
              &quot;ldapConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the LDAP Auth flow. # LDAP specific configuration.
                &quot;group&quot;: { # Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory. # Optional. Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory.
                  &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for group entries.
                  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional filter to be used when searching for groups a user belongs to. This can be used to explicitly match only certain groups in order to reduce the amount of groups returned for each user. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=Group)&quot;.
                  &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The identifying name of each group a user belongs to. For example, if this is set to &quot;distinguishedName&quot; then RBACs and other group expectations should be written as full DNs. This defaults to &quot;distinguishedName&quot;.
                },
                &quot;server&quot;: { # Server settings for the external LDAP server. # Required. Server settings for the external LDAP server.
                  &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Contains a Base64 encoded, PEM formatted certificate authority certificate for the LDAP server. This must be provided for the &quot;ldaps&quot; and &quot;startTLS&quot; connections.
                  &quot;connectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defines the connection type to communicate with the LDAP server. If `starttls` or `ldaps` is specified, the certificate_authority_data should not be empty.
                  &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Defines the hostname or IP of the LDAP server. Port is optional and will default to 389, if unspecified. For example, &quot;ldap.server.example&quot; or &quot;10.10.10.10:389&quot;.
                },
                &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: { # Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate. # Required. Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate.
                  &quot;simpleBindCredentials&quot;: { # The structure holds the LDAP simple binding credential. # Credentials for basic auth.
                    &quot;dn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The distinguished name(DN) of the service account object/user.
                    &quot;encryptedPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The encrypted password of the service account object/user.
                    &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The password of the service account object/user.
                  },
                },
                &quot;user&quot;: { # Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory. # Required. Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory.
                  &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for user entries.
                  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Filter to apply when searching for the user. This can be used to further restrict the user accounts which are allowed to login. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=User)&quot;.
                  &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Determines which attribute to use as the user&#x27;s identity after they are authenticated. This is distinct from the loginAttribute field to allow users to login with a username, but then have their actual identifier be an email address or full Distinguished Name (DN). For example, setting loginAttribute to &quot;sAMAccountName&quot; and identifierAttribute to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; would allow a user to login as &quot;bsmith&quot;, but actual RBAC policies for the user would be written as &quot;bsmith@example.com&quot;. Using &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; is recommended since this will be unique for each user. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                  &quot;loginAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the attribute which matches against the input username. This is used to find the user in the LDAP database e.g. &quot;(=)&quot; and is combined with the optional filter field. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                },
              },
              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
              &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
                &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
                &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted OIDC client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
                &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
                &quot;enableAccessToken&quot;: True or False, # Enable access token.
                &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted OIDC Client secret
                &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
                &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
                &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
                &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
              },
              &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
              &quot;samlConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration.
                &quot;attributeMapping&quot;: { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is &quot;attribute.nickname&quot; and `value` is &quot;assertion.nickname&quot;.
                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                },
                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.
                &quot;groupsAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).
                &quot;identityProviderCertificates&quot;: [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
                &quot;identityProviderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.
                &quot;identityProviderSsoUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.
                &quot;userAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).
                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.
              },
            },
          ],
          &quot;identityServiceOptions&quot;: { # Holds non-protocol-related configuration options. # Optional. non-protocol-related configuration options.
            &quot;diagnosticInterface&quot;: { # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface. # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface.
              &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to enable the diagnostic interface.
              &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the expiration time of the diagnostic interface enablement. When reached, requests to the interface would be automatically rejected.
            },
            &quot;sessionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the lifespan of STS tokens issued by Anthos Identity Service.
          },
        },
        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state on this member
      },
      &quot;policycontroller&quot;: { # **Policy Controller**: State for a single cluster. # Policycontroller-specific state.
        &quot;componentStates&quot;: { # Currently these include (also serving as map keys): 1. &quot;admission&quot; 2. &quot;audit&quot; 3. &quot;mutation&quot;
          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller.
            &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
          },
        },
        &quot;policyContentState&quot;: { # The state of the policy controller policy content # The overall content state observed by the Hub Feature controller.
          &quot;bundleStates&quot;: { # The state of the any bundles included in the chosen version of the manifest
            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller.
              &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
              &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
            },
          },
          &quot;referentialSyncConfigState&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user.
            &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
          },
          &quot;templateLibraryState&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library
            &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
          },
        },
        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller.
      },
      &quot;servicemesh&quot;: { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state.
        &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership.
          { # Condition being reported.
            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user.
            &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short summary about the issue.
            &quot;documentationLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Links contains actionable information.
            &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Severity level of the condition.
          },
        ],
        &quot;controlPlaneManagement&quot;: { # Status of control plane management. # Output only. Status of control plane management
          &quot;details&quot;: [ # Explanation of state.
            { # Structured and human-readable details for a status.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A machine-readable code that further describes a broad status.
              &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable explanation of code.
            },
          ],
          &quot;implementation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Implementation of managed control plane.
          &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LifecycleState of control plane management.
        },
        &quot;dataPlaneManagement&quot;: { # Status of data plane management. Only reported per-member. # Output only. Status of data plane management.
          &quot;details&quot;: [ # Explanation of the status.
            { # Structured and human-readable details for a status.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A machine-readable code that further describes a broad status.
              &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable explanation of code.
            },
          ],
          &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Lifecycle status of data plane management.
        },
      },
      &quot;state&quot;: { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature&#x27;s state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # The high-level state of this Feature for a single membership.
        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
        &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The full, unique name of this Feature resource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.
  &quot;resourceState&quot;: { # FeatureResourceState describes the state of a Feature *resource* in the GkeHub API. See `FeatureState` for the &quot;running state&quot; of the Feature in the Fleet and across Memberships. # Output only. State of the Feature resource itself.
    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
  },
  &quot;scopeSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Scope-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Scope configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Scope is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # ScopeFeatureSpec contains feature specs for a fleet scope.
    },
  },
  &quot;scopeStates&quot;: { # Output only. Scope-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Scope status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # ScopeFeatureState contains Scope-wide Feature status information.
      &quot;state&quot;: { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature&#x27;s state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # Output only. The &quot;running state&quot; of the Feature in this Scope.
        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
        &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;spec&quot;: { # CommonFeatureSpec contains Fleet-wide configuration information # Optional. Fleet-wide Feature configuration. If this Feature does not support any Fleet-wide configuration, this field may be unused.
    &quot;appdevexperience&quot;: { # Spec for App Dev Experience Feature. # Appdevexperience specific spec.
    },
    &quot;clusterupgrade&quot;: { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade (fleet-based) feature spec.
      &quot;gkeUpgradeOverrides&quot;: [ # Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade.
        { # Properties of a GKE upgrade that can be overridden by the user. For example, a user can skip soaking by overriding the soaking to 0.
          &quot;postConditions&quot;: { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to override for the specified upgrade (name + version). Required.
            &quot;soaking&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Amount of time to &quot;soak&quot; after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
          },
          &quot;upgrade&quot;: { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Required. Which upgrade to override. Required.
            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;k8s_control_plane&quot;. It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
            &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;1.22.1-gke.100&quot;. It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
          },
        },
      ],
      &quot;postConditions&quot;: { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required.
        &quot;soaking&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Amount of time to &quot;soak&quot; after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
      },
      &quot;upstreamFleets&quot;: [ # This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
    },
    &quot;dataplanev2&quot;: { # **Dataplane V2**: Spec # DataplaneV2 feature spec.
      &quot;enableEncryption&quot;: True or False, # Enable dataplane-v2 based encryption for multiple clusters.
    },
    &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **Fleet Observability**: The Hub-wide input for the FleetObservability feature. # FleetObservability feature spec.
      &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig defines the configuration for different types of logs. # Specified if fleet logging feature is enabled for the entire fleet. If UNSPECIFIED, fleet logging feature is disabled for the entire fleet.
        &quot;defaultConfig&quot;: { # RoutingConfig configures the behaviour of fleet logging feature. # Specified if applying the default routing config to logs not specified in other configs.
          &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # mode configures the logs routing mode.
        },
        &quot;fleetScopeLogsConfig&quot;: { # RoutingConfig configures the behaviour of fleet logging feature. # Specified if applying the routing config to all logs for all fleet scopes.
          &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # mode configures the logs routing mode.
        },
      },
    },
    &quot;multiclusteringress&quot;: { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
      &quot;configMembership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
    },
    &quot;rbacrolebindingactuation&quot;: { # **RBAC RoleBinding Actuation**: The Hub-wide input for the RBACRoleBindingActuation feature. # RBAC Role Binding Actuation feature spec
      &quot;allowedCustomRoles&quot;: [ # The list of allowed custom roles (ClusterRoles). If a ClusterRole is not part of this list, it cannot be used in a Scope RBACRoleBinding. If a ClusterRole in this list is in use, it cannot be removed from the list.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
    },
  },
  &quot;state&quot;: { # CommonFeatureState contains Fleet-wide Feature status information. # Output only. The Fleet-wide Feature state.
    &quot;appdevexperience&quot;: { # State for App Dev Exp Feature. # Appdevexperience specific state.
      &quot;networkingInstallSucceeded&quot;: { # Status specifies state for the subcomponent. # Status of subcomponent that detects configured Service Mesh resources.
        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Code specifies AppDevExperienceFeature&#x27;s subcomponent ready state.
        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed.
      },
    },
    &quot;clusterupgrade&quot;: { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade fleet-level state.
      &quot;downstreamFleets&quot;: [ # This fleets whose upstream_fleets contain the current fleet. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;gkeState&quot;: { # GKEUpgradeFeatureState contains feature states for GKE clusters in the scope. # Feature state for GKE clusters.
        &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Current conditions of the feature.
          { # GKEUpgradeFeatureCondition describes the condition of the feature for GKE clusters at a certain point of time.
            &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason why the feature is in this status.
            &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the condition, for example, &quot;ready&quot;.
            &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last timestamp the condition was updated.
          },
        ],
        &quot;upgradeState&quot;: [ # Upgrade state. It will eventually replace `state`.
          { # GKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state at the scope and fleet level.
            &quot;stats&quot;: { # Number of GKE clusters in each status code.
              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
            },
            &quot;status&quot;: { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status code of the upgrade.
              &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason for this status.
              &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last timestamp the status was updated.
            },
            &quot;upgrade&quot;: { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;k8s_control_plane&quot;. It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;1.22.1-gke.100&quot;. It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
            },
          },
        ],
      },
      &quot;ignored&quot;: { # A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`.
        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default.
          &quot;ignoredTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
          &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason why the membership is ignored.
        },
      },
    },
    &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **FleetObservability**: Hub-wide Feature for FleetObservability feature. state. # FleetObservability feature state.
      &quot;logging&quot;: { # Feature state for logging feature. # The feature state of default logging.
        &quot;defaultLog&quot;: { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet default log.
          &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Errors after reconciling the monitoring and logging feature if the code is not OK.
            { # All error details of the fleet observability feature.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The code of the error.
              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
            },
          ],
        },
        &quot;scopeLog&quot;: { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet scope log.
          &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Errors after reconciling the monitoring and logging feature if the code is not OK.
            { # All error details of the fleet observability feature.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The code of the error.
              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
            },
          ],
        },
      },
      &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # Feature state for monitoring feature. # The feature state of fleet monitoring.
        &quot;state&quot;: { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet monitoring feature.
          &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Errors after reconciling the monitoring and logging feature if the code is not OK.
            { # All error details of the fleet observability feature.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The code of the error.
              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
            },
          ],
        },
      },
    },
    &quot;rbacrolebindingactuation&quot;: { # **RBAC RoleBinding Actuation**: An empty state left as an example Hub-wide Feature state. # RBAC Role Binding Actuation feature state
    },
    &quot;state&quot;: { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature&#x27;s state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # Output only. The &quot;running state&quot; of the Feature in this Fleet.
      &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated.
    },
  },
  &quot;unreachable&quot;: [ # Output only. List of locations that could not be reached while fetching this feature.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the Feature resource was last updated.
}

  featureId: string, The ID of the feature to create.
  requestId: string, A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Removes a Feature.

Args:
  name: string, Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
  force: boolean, If set to true, the delete will ignore any outstanding resources for this Feature (that is, `FeatureState.has_resources` is set to true). These resources will NOT be cleaned up or modified in any way.
  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Gets details of a single Feature.

Args:
  name: string, Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*` (required)
  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If set to true, the response will return partial results when some regions are unreachable and the unreachable field in Feature proto will be populated. If set to false, the request will fail when some regions are unreachable.
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # Feature represents the settings and status of any Fleet Feature.
  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the Feature resource was created.
  &quot;deleteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the Feature resource was deleted.
  &quot;fleetDefaultMemberConfig&quot;: { # CommonFleetDefaultMemberConfigSpec contains default configuration information for memberships of a fleet # Optional. Feature configuration applicable to all memberships of the fleet.
    &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
      &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
      &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Optional. Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
        &quot;deploymentOverrides&quot;: [ # Optional. Configuration for deployment overrides.
          { # Configuration for a deployment override.
            &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Optional. The containers of the deployment resource to be overridden.
              { # Configuration for a container override.
                &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the container.
                &quot;cpuLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu limit of the container.
                &quot;cpuRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu request of the container.
                &quot;memoryLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory limit of the container.
                &quot;memoryRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory request of the container.
              },
            ],
            &quot;deploymentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the deployment resource to be overridden.
            &quot;deploymentNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The namespace of the deployment resource to be overridden.
          },
        ],
        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of the git or oci field.
        &quot;git&quot;: { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Optional. Git repo configuration for the cluster.
          &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
          &quot;httpsProxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
          &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository.
          &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount, githubapp or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
          &quot;syncBranch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master.
          &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth.
          &quot;syncRev&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD.
          &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
        },
        &quot;metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Email of the Google Cloud Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be bound to the GSA. Deprecated: If Workload Identity Federation for GKE is enabled, Google Cloud Service Account is no longer needed for exporting Config Sync metrics: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/enterprise/config-sync/docs/how-to/monitor-config-sync-cloud-monitoring#custom-monitoring.
        &quot;oci&quot;: { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # Optional. OCI repo configuration for the cluster
          &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
          &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
          &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the OCI repo. Must be one of gcenode, gcpserviceaccount, k8sserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
          &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OCI image repository URL for the package to sync from. e.g. `LOCATION-docker.pkg.dev/PROJECT_ID/REPOSITORY_NAME/PACKAGE_NAME`.
          &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
        },
        &quot;preventDrift&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts.
        &quot;sourceFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in &quot;hierarchical&quot; or &quot;unstructured&quot; mode.
        &quot;stopSyncing&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false.
      },
      &quot;hierarchyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Optional. Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Hierarchy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/hierarchical-namespaces instead.
        &quot;enableHierarchicalResourceQuota&quot;: True or False, # Whether hierarchical resource quota is enabled in this cluster.
        &quot;enablePodTreeLabels&quot;: True or False, # Whether pod tree labels are enabled in this cluster.
        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether Hierarchy Controller is enabled in this cluster.
      },
      &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Feature management.
      &quot;policyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Optional. Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Policy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use the policycontroller feature instead.
        &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the installation of Policy Controller. If false, the rest of PolicyController fields take no effect.
        &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
        &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # PolicyControllerMonitoring specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
          &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
        },
        &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
        &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
        &quot;templateLibraryInstalled&quot;: True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
        &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
      },
      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Version of ACM installed.
    },
    &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
      &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
        { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
          &quot;azureadConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration.
            &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider.
            &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
            &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret.
            &quot;groupFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.
            &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.
            &quot;tenant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.
            &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.
          },
          &quot;googleConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration.
            &quot;disable&quot;: True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms.
          },
          &quot;ldapConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the LDAP Auth flow. # LDAP specific configuration.
            &quot;group&quot;: { # Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory. # Optional. Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory.
              &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for group entries.
              &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional filter to be used when searching for groups a user belongs to. This can be used to explicitly match only certain groups in order to reduce the amount of groups returned for each user. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=Group)&quot;.
              &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The identifying name of each group a user belongs to. For example, if this is set to &quot;distinguishedName&quot; then RBACs and other group expectations should be written as full DNs. This defaults to &quot;distinguishedName&quot;.
            },
            &quot;server&quot;: { # Server settings for the external LDAP server. # Required. Server settings for the external LDAP server.
              &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Contains a Base64 encoded, PEM formatted certificate authority certificate for the LDAP server. This must be provided for the &quot;ldaps&quot; and &quot;startTLS&quot; connections.
              &quot;connectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defines the connection type to communicate with the LDAP server. If `starttls` or `ldaps` is specified, the certificate_authority_data should not be empty.
              &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Defines the hostname or IP of the LDAP server. Port is optional and will default to 389, if unspecified. For example, &quot;ldap.server.example&quot; or &quot;10.10.10.10:389&quot;.
            },
            &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: { # Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate. # Required. Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate.
              &quot;simpleBindCredentials&quot;: { # The structure holds the LDAP simple binding credential. # Credentials for basic auth.
                &quot;dn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The distinguished name(DN) of the service account object/user.
                &quot;encryptedPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The encrypted password of the service account object/user.
                &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The password of the service account object/user.
              },
            },
            &quot;user&quot;: { # Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory. # Required. Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory.
              &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for user entries.
              &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Filter to apply when searching for the user. This can be used to further restrict the user accounts which are allowed to login. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=User)&quot;.
              &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Determines which attribute to use as the user&#x27;s identity after they are authenticated. This is distinct from the loginAttribute field to allow users to login with a username, but then have their actual identifier be an email address or full Distinguished Name (DN). For example, setting loginAttribute to &quot;sAMAccountName&quot; and identifierAttribute to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; would allow a user to login as &quot;bsmith&quot;, but actual RBAC policies for the user would be written as &quot;bsmith@example.com&quot;. Using &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; is recommended since this will be unique for each user. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
              &quot;loginAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the attribute which matches against the input username. This is used to find the user in the LDAP database e.g. &quot;(=)&quot; and is combined with the optional filter field. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
            },
          },
          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
          &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
            &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
            &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
            &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted OIDC client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
            &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
            &quot;enableAccessToken&quot;: True or False, # Enable access token.
            &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted OIDC Client secret
            &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
            &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
            &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
            &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
            &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
            &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
            &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
            &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
          },
          &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
          &quot;samlConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration.
            &quot;attributeMapping&quot;: { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is &quot;attribute.nickname&quot; and `value` is &quot;assertion.nickname&quot;.
              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
            },
            &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.
            &quot;groupsAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).
            &quot;identityProviderCertificates&quot;: [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;identityProviderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.
            &quot;identityProviderSsoUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.
            &quot;userAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).
            &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.
          },
        },
      ],
      &quot;identityServiceOptions&quot;: { # Holds non-protocol-related configuration options. # Optional. non-protocol-related configuration options.
        &quot;diagnosticInterface&quot;: { # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface. # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface.
          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to enable the diagnostic interface.
          &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the expiration time of the diagnostic interface enablement. When reached, requests to the interface would be automatically rejected.
        },
        &quot;sessionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the lifespan of STS tokens issued by Anthos Identity Service.
      },
    },
    &quot;mesh&quot;: { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec
      &quot;configApi&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads.
      &quot;controlPlane&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management.
      &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management.
    },
    &quot;policycontroller&quot;: { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec.
      &quot;policyControllerHubConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster.
        &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
        &quot;constraintViolationLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used.
        &quot;deploymentConfigs&quot;: { # Map of deployment configs to deployments (&quot;admission&quot;, &quot;audit&quot;, &quot;mutation&#x27;).
          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Deployment-specific configuration.
            &quot;containerResources&quot;: { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements.
              &quot;limits&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container.
                &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
              },
              &quot;requests&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler.
                &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
              },
            },
            &quot;podAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod affinity configuration.
            &quot;podAntiAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. Deprecated: use `pod_affinity` instead.
            &quot;podTolerations&quot;: [ # Pod tolerations of node taints.
              { # Toleration of a node taint.
                &quot;effect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint effect.
                &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique).
                &quot;operator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint operator.
                &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint value.
              },
            ],
            &quot;replicaCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod replica count.
          },
        },
        &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;installSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state.
        &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
        &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
          &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
        },
        &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller.
        &quot;policyContent&quot;: { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user&#x27;s desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster
          &quot;bundles&quot;: { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint.
            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle.
              &quot;exemptedNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
            },
          },
          &quot;templateLibrary&quot;: { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library.
            &quot;installation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster.
          },
        },
        &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
      },
      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of Policy Controller installed.
    },
  },
  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this Feature.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
  },
  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
      &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
        &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
        &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Optional. Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
          &quot;deploymentOverrides&quot;: [ # Optional. Configuration for deployment overrides.
            { # Configuration for a deployment override.
              &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Optional. The containers of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                { # Configuration for a container override.
                  &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the container.
                  &quot;cpuLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu limit of the container.
                  &quot;cpuRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu request of the container.
                  &quot;memoryLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory limit of the container.
                  &quot;memoryRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory request of the container.
                },
              ],
              &quot;deploymentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the deployment resource to be overridden.
              &quot;deploymentNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The namespace of the deployment resource to be overridden.
            },
          ],
          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of the git or oci field.
          &quot;git&quot;: { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Optional. Git repo configuration for the cluster.
            &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
            &quot;httpsProxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
            &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository.
            &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount, githubapp or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
            &quot;syncBranch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master.
            &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth.
            &quot;syncRev&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD.
            &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
          },
          &quot;metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Email of the Google Cloud Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be bound to the GSA. Deprecated: If Workload Identity Federation for GKE is enabled, Google Cloud Service Account is no longer needed for exporting Config Sync metrics: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/enterprise/config-sync/docs/how-to/monitor-config-sync-cloud-monitoring#custom-monitoring.
          &quot;oci&quot;: { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # Optional. OCI repo configuration for the cluster
            &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
            &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
            &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the OCI repo. Must be one of gcenode, gcpserviceaccount, k8sserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
            &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OCI image repository URL for the package to sync from. e.g. `LOCATION-docker.pkg.dev/PROJECT_ID/REPOSITORY_NAME/PACKAGE_NAME`.
            &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
          },
          &quot;preventDrift&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts.
          &quot;sourceFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in &quot;hierarchical&quot; or &quot;unstructured&quot; mode.
          &quot;stopSyncing&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false.
        },
        &quot;hierarchyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Optional. Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Hierarchy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/hierarchical-namespaces instead.
          &quot;enableHierarchicalResourceQuota&quot;: True or False, # Whether hierarchical resource quota is enabled in this cluster.
          &quot;enablePodTreeLabels&quot;: True or False, # Whether pod tree labels are enabled in this cluster.
          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether Hierarchy Controller is enabled in this cluster.
        },
        &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Feature management.
        &quot;policyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Optional. Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Policy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use the policycontroller feature instead.
          &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the installation of Policy Controller. If false, the rest of PolicyController fields take no effect.
          &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
          &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # PolicyControllerMonitoring specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
            &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
          },
          &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
          &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
          &quot;templateLibraryInstalled&quot;: True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
          &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
        },
        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Version of ACM installed.
      },
      &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **FleetObservability**: The membership-specific input for FleetObservability feature. # Fleet observability membership spec
      },
      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
        &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
          { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
            &quot;azureadConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration.
              &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider.
              &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
              &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret.
              &quot;groupFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.
              &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.
              &quot;tenant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.
              &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.
            },
            &quot;googleConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration.
              &quot;disable&quot;: True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms.
            },
            &quot;ldapConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the LDAP Auth flow. # LDAP specific configuration.
              &quot;group&quot;: { # Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory. # Optional. Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory.
                &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for group entries.
                &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional filter to be used when searching for groups a user belongs to. This can be used to explicitly match only certain groups in order to reduce the amount of groups returned for each user. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=Group)&quot;.
                &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The identifying name of each group a user belongs to. For example, if this is set to &quot;distinguishedName&quot; then RBACs and other group expectations should be written as full DNs. This defaults to &quot;distinguishedName&quot;.
              },
              &quot;server&quot;: { # Server settings for the external LDAP server. # Required. Server settings for the external LDAP server.
                &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Contains a Base64 encoded, PEM formatted certificate authority certificate for the LDAP server. This must be provided for the &quot;ldaps&quot; and &quot;startTLS&quot; connections.
                &quot;connectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defines the connection type to communicate with the LDAP server. If `starttls` or `ldaps` is specified, the certificate_authority_data should not be empty.
                &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Defines the hostname or IP of the LDAP server. Port is optional and will default to 389, if unspecified. For example, &quot;ldap.server.example&quot; or &quot;10.10.10.10:389&quot;.
              },
              &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: { # Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate. # Required. Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate.
                &quot;simpleBindCredentials&quot;: { # The structure holds the LDAP simple binding credential. # Credentials for basic auth.
                  &quot;dn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The distinguished name(DN) of the service account object/user.
                  &quot;encryptedPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The encrypted password of the service account object/user.
                  &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The password of the service account object/user.
                },
              },
              &quot;user&quot;: { # Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory. # Required. Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory.
                &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for user entries.
                &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Filter to apply when searching for the user. This can be used to further restrict the user accounts which are allowed to login. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=User)&quot;.
                &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Determines which attribute to use as the user&#x27;s identity after they are authenticated. This is distinct from the loginAttribute field to allow users to login with a username, but then have their actual identifier be an email address or full Distinguished Name (DN). For example, setting loginAttribute to &quot;sAMAccountName&quot; and identifierAttribute to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; would allow a user to login as &quot;bsmith&quot;, but actual RBAC policies for the user would be written as &quot;bsmith@example.com&quot;. Using &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; is recommended since this will be unique for each user. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                &quot;loginAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the attribute which matches against the input username. This is used to find the user in the LDAP database e.g. &quot;(=)&quot; and is combined with the optional filter field. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
              },
            },
            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
            &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
              &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
              &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
              &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted OIDC client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
              &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
              &quot;enableAccessToken&quot;: True or False, # Enable access token.
              &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted OIDC Client secret
              &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
              &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
              &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
              &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
              &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
              &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
              &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
              &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
            },
            &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
            &quot;samlConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration.
              &quot;attributeMapping&quot;: { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is &quot;attribute.nickname&quot; and `value` is &quot;assertion.nickname&quot;.
                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
              },
              &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.
              &quot;groupsAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).
              &quot;identityProviderCertificates&quot;: [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
              &quot;identityProviderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.
              &quot;identityProviderSsoUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.
              &quot;userAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).
              &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.
            },
          },
        ],
        &quot;identityServiceOptions&quot;: { # Holds non-protocol-related configuration options. # Optional. non-protocol-related configuration options.
          &quot;diagnosticInterface&quot;: { # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface. # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface.
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to enable the diagnostic interface.
            &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the expiration time of the diagnostic interface enablement. When reached, requests to the interface would be automatically rejected.
          },
          &quot;sessionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the lifespan of STS tokens issued by Anthos Identity Service.
        },
      },
      &quot;mesh&quot;: { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec
        &quot;configApi&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads.
        &quot;controlPlane&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management.
        &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management.
      },
      &quot;origin&quot;: { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly.
        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type specifies which type of origin is set.
      },
      &quot;policycontroller&quot;: { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec.
        &quot;policyControllerHubConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster.
          &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
          &quot;constraintViolationLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used.
          &quot;deploymentConfigs&quot;: { # Map of deployment configs to deployments (&quot;admission&quot;, &quot;audit&quot;, &quot;mutation&#x27;).
            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Deployment-specific configuration.
              &quot;containerResources&quot;: { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements.
                &quot;limits&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container.
                  &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                  &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                },
                &quot;requests&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler.
                  &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                  &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                },
              },
              &quot;podAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod affinity configuration.
              &quot;podAntiAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. Deprecated: use `pod_affinity` instead.
              &quot;podTolerations&quot;: [ # Pod tolerations of node taints.
                { # Toleration of a node taint.
                  &quot;effect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint effect.
                  &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique).
                  &quot;operator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint operator.
                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint value.
                },
              ],
              &quot;replicaCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod replica count.
            },
          },
          &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;installSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state.
          &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
          &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
            &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
          },
          &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller.
          &quot;policyContent&quot;: { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user&#x27;s desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster
            &quot;bundles&quot;: { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint.
              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle.
                &quot;exemptedNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle.
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
              },
            },
            &quot;templateLibrary&quot;: { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library.
              &quot;installation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster.
            },
          },
          &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
        },
        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of Policy Controller installed.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
      &quot;appdevexperience&quot;: { # State for App Dev Exp Feature. # Appdevexperience specific state.
        &quot;networkingInstallSucceeded&quot;: { # Status specifies state for the subcomponent. # Status of subcomponent that detects configured Service Mesh resources.
          &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Code specifies AppDevExperienceFeature&#x27;s subcomponent ready state.
          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed.
        },
      },
      &quot;clusterupgrade&quot;: { # Per-membership state for this feature. # ClusterUpgrade state.
        &quot;ignored&quot;: { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. # Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel.
          &quot;ignoredTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
          &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason why the membership is ignored.
        },
        &quot;upgrades&quot;: [ # Actual upgrade state against desired.
          { # ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state per-membership.
            &quot;status&quot;: { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status code of the upgrade.
              &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason for this status.
              &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last timestamp the status was updated.
            },
            &quot;upgrade&quot;: { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;k8s_control_plane&quot;. It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;1.22.1-gke.100&quot;. It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
            },
          },
        ],
      },
      &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
        &quot;clusterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name.
        &quot;configSyncState&quot;: { # State information for ConfigSync # Output only. Current sync status
          &quot;clusterLevelStopSyncingState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Whether syncing resources to the cluster is stopped at the cluster level.
          &quot;crCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. The number of RootSync and RepoSync CRs in the cluster.
          &quot;deploymentState&quot;: { # The state of ConfigSync&#x27;s deployment on a cluster # Output only. Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed
            &quot;admissionWebhook&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of admission-webhook
            &quot;gitSync&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the git-sync pod
            &quot;importer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the importer pod
            &quot;monitor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the monitor pod
            &quot;otelCollector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of otel-collector
            &quot;reconcilerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod
            &quot;resourceGroupControllerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager
            &quot;rootReconciler&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of root-reconciler
            &quot;syncer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the syncer pod
          },
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Output only. Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.
            { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync
              &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string representing the user facing error message
            },
          ],
          &quot;reposyncCrd&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the Reposync CRD
          &quot;rootsyncCrd&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the RootSync CRD
          &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of CS This field summarizes the other fields in this message.
          &quot;syncState&quot;: { # State indicating an ACM&#x27;s progress syncing configurations to a cluster # Output only. The state of ConfigSync&#x27;s process to sync configs to a cluster
            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sync status code
            &quot;errors&quot;: [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist.
              { # An ACM created error representing a problem syncing configurations
                &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An ACM defined error code
                &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description of the error
                &quot;errorResources&quot;: [ # A list of config(s) associated with the error, if any
                  { # Model for a config file in the git repo with an associated Sync error
                    &quot;resourceGvk&quot;: { # A Kubernetes object&#x27;s GVK # Group/version/kind of the resource that is causing an error
                      &quot;group&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kubernetes Group
                      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kubernetes Kind
                      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kubernetes Version
                    },
                    &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Metadata name of the resource that is causing an error
                    &quot;resourceNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Namespace of the resource that is causing an error
                    &quot;sourcePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path in the git repo of the erroneous config
                  },
                ],
              },
            ],
            &quot;importToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token indicating the state of the importer.
            &quot;lastSync&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
            &quot;lastSyncTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
            &quot;sourceToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token indicating the state of the repo.
            &quot;syncToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync&#x27;s Pods # Output only. The version of ConfigSync deployed
            &quot;admissionWebhook&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod
            &quot;gitSync&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed git-sync pod
            &quot;importer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed importer pod
            &quot;monitor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed monitor pod
            &quot;otelCollector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod
            &quot;reconcilerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod
            &quot;resourceGroupControllerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod
            &quot;rootReconciler&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod
            &quot;syncer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed syncer pod
          },
        },
        &quot;hierarchyControllerState&quot;: { # State for Hierarchy Controller # Output only. Hierarchy Controller status
          &quot;state&quot;: { # Deployment state for Hierarchy Controller # The deployment state for Hierarchy Controller
            &quot;extension&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deployment state for Hierarchy Controller extension (e.g. v0.7.0-hc.1)
            &quot;hnc&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deployment state for open source HNC (e.g. v0.7.0-hc.0)
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: { # Version for Hierarchy Controller # The version for Hierarchy Controller
            &quot;extension&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version for Hierarchy Controller extension
            &quot;hnc&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version for open source HNC
          },
        },
        &quot;kubernetesApiServerVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Kubernetes API server version of the cluster.
        &quot;membershipSpec&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Output only. Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
          &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
          &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Optional. Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
            &quot;deploymentOverrides&quot;: [ # Optional. Configuration for deployment overrides.
              { # Configuration for a deployment override.
                &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Optional. The containers of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                  { # Configuration for a container override.
                    &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the container.
                    &quot;cpuLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu limit of the container.
                    &quot;cpuRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu request of the container.
                    &quot;memoryLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory limit of the container.
                    &quot;memoryRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory request of the container.
                  },
                ],
                &quot;deploymentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                &quot;deploymentNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The namespace of the deployment resource to be overridden.
              },
            ],
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of the git or oci field.
            &quot;git&quot;: { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Optional. Git repo configuration for the cluster.
              &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
              &quot;httpsProxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
              &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository.
              &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount, githubapp or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
              &quot;syncBranch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master.
              &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth.
              &quot;syncRev&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD.
              &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
            },
            &quot;metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Email of the Google Cloud Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be bound to the GSA. Deprecated: If Workload Identity Federation for GKE is enabled, Google Cloud Service Account is no longer needed for exporting Config Sync metrics: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/enterprise/config-sync/docs/how-to/monitor-config-sync-cloud-monitoring#custom-monitoring.
            &quot;oci&quot;: { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # Optional. OCI repo configuration for the cluster
              &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
              &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
              &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the OCI repo. Must be one of gcenode, gcpserviceaccount, k8sserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
              &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OCI image repository URL for the package to sync from. e.g. `LOCATION-docker.pkg.dev/PROJECT_ID/REPOSITORY_NAME/PACKAGE_NAME`.
              &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
            },
            &quot;preventDrift&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts.
            &quot;sourceFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in &quot;hierarchical&quot; or &quot;unstructured&quot; mode.
            &quot;stopSyncing&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false.
          },
          &quot;hierarchyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Optional. Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Hierarchy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/hierarchical-namespaces instead.
            &quot;enableHierarchicalResourceQuota&quot;: True or False, # Whether hierarchical resource quota is enabled in this cluster.
            &quot;enablePodTreeLabels&quot;: True or False, # Whether pod tree labels are enabled in this cluster.
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether Hierarchy Controller is enabled in this cluster.
          },
          &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Feature management.
          &quot;policyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Optional. Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Policy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use the policycontroller feature instead.
            &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the installation of Policy Controller. If false, the rest of PolicyController fields take no effect.
            &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
            &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # PolicyControllerMonitoring specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
              &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
            },
            &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
            &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
            &quot;templateLibraryInstalled&quot;: True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
            &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Version of ACM installed.
        },
        &quot;operatorState&quot;: { # State information for an ACM&#x27;s Operator # Output only. Current install status of ACM&#x27;s Operator
          &quot;deploymentState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the Operator&#x27;s deployment
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Install errors.
            { # Errors pertaining to the installation of ACM
              &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string representing the user facing error message
            },
          ],
          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The semenatic version number of the operator
        },
        &quot;policyControllerState&quot;: { # State for PolicyControllerState. # Output only. PolicyController status
          &quot;deploymentState&quot;: { # State of Policy Controller installation. # The state about the policy controller installation.
            &quot;gatekeeperAudit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of gatekeeper-audit deployment.
            &quot;gatekeeperControllerManagerState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of gatekeeper-controller-manager pod.
            &quot;gatekeeperMutation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook.
          },
          &quot;migration&quot;: { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -&gt; PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -&gt; PoCo Hub migration for this feature.
            &quot;copyTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.
            &quot;stage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Stage of the migration.
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed.
            &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gatekeeper image tag that is composed of ACM version, git tag, build number.
          },
        },
      },
      &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **FleetObservability**: Membership-specific Feature state for fleetobservability. # Fleet observability membership state.
      },
      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific state.
        &quot;failureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason of the failure.
        &quot;installedVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.
        &quot;memberConfig&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Last reconciled membership configuration
          &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
            { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
              &quot;azureadConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration.
                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider.
                &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
                &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret.
                &quot;groupFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.
                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.
                &quot;tenant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.
                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.
              },
              &quot;googleConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration.
                &quot;disable&quot;: True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms.
              },
              &quot;ldapConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the LDAP Auth flow. # LDAP specific configuration.
                &quot;group&quot;: { # Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory. # Optional. Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory.
                  &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for group entries.
                  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional filter to be used when searching for groups a user belongs to. This can be used to explicitly match only certain groups in order to reduce the amount of groups returned for each user. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=Group)&quot;.
                  &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The identifying name of each group a user belongs to. For example, if this is set to &quot;distinguishedName&quot; then RBACs and other group expectations should be written as full DNs. This defaults to &quot;distinguishedName&quot;.
                },
                &quot;server&quot;: { # Server settings for the external LDAP server. # Required. Server settings for the external LDAP server.
                  &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Contains a Base64 encoded, PEM formatted certificate authority certificate for the LDAP server. This must be provided for the &quot;ldaps&quot; and &quot;startTLS&quot; connections.
                  &quot;connectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defines the connection type to communicate with the LDAP server. If `starttls` or `ldaps` is specified, the certificate_authority_data should not be empty.
                  &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Defines the hostname or IP of the LDAP server. Port is optional and will default to 389, if unspecified. For example, &quot;ldap.server.example&quot; or &quot;10.10.10.10:389&quot;.
                },
                &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: { # Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate. # Required. Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate.
                  &quot;simpleBindCredentials&quot;: { # The structure holds the LDAP simple binding credential. # Credentials for basic auth.
                    &quot;dn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The distinguished name(DN) of the service account object/user.
                    &quot;encryptedPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The encrypted password of the service account object/user.
                    &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The password of the service account object/user.
                  },
                },
                &quot;user&quot;: { # Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory. # Required. Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory.
                  &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for user entries.
                  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Filter to apply when searching for the user. This can be used to further restrict the user accounts which are allowed to login. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=User)&quot;.
                  &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Determines which attribute to use as the user&#x27;s identity after they are authenticated. This is distinct from the loginAttribute field to allow users to login with a username, but then have their actual identifier be an email address or full Distinguished Name (DN). For example, setting loginAttribute to &quot;sAMAccountName&quot; and identifierAttribute to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; would allow a user to login as &quot;bsmith&quot;, but actual RBAC policies for the user would be written as &quot;bsmith@example.com&quot;. Using &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; is recommended since this will be unique for each user. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                  &quot;loginAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the attribute which matches against the input username. This is used to find the user in the LDAP database e.g. &quot;(=)&quot; and is combined with the optional filter field. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                },
              },
              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
              &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
                &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
                &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted OIDC client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
                &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
                &quot;enableAccessToken&quot;: True or False, # Enable access token.
                &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted OIDC Client secret
                &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
                &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
                &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
                &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
              },
              &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
              &quot;samlConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration.
                &quot;attributeMapping&quot;: { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is &quot;attribute.nickname&quot; and `value` is &quot;assertion.nickname&quot;.
                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                },
                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.
                &quot;groupsAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).
                &quot;identityProviderCertificates&quot;: [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
                &quot;identityProviderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.
                &quot;identityProviderSsoUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.
                &quot;userAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).
                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.
              },
            },
          ],
          &quot;identityServiceOptions&quot;: { # Holds non-protocol-related configuration options. # Optional. non-protocol-related configuration options.
            &quot;diagnosticInterface&quot;: { # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface. # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface.
              &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to enable the diagnostic interface.
              &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the expiration time of the diagnostic interface enablement. When reached, requests to the interface would be automatically rejected.
            },
            &quot;sessionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the lifespan of STS tokens issued by Anthos Identity Service.
          },
        },
        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state on this member
      },
      &quot;policycontroller&quot;: { # **Policy Controller**: State for a single cluster. # Policycontroller-specific state.
        &quot;componentStates&quot;: { # Currently these include (also serving as map keys): 1. &quot;admission&quot; 2. &quot;audit&quot; 3. &quot;mutation&quot;
          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller.
            &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
          },
        },
        &quot;policyContentState&quot;: { # The state of the policy controller policy content # The overall content state observed by the Hub Feature controller.
          &quot;bundleStates&quot;: { # The state of the any bundles included in the chosen version of the manifest
            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller.
              &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
              &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
            },
          },
          &quot;referentialSyncConfigState&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user.
            &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
          },
          &quot;templateLibraryState&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library
            &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
          },
        },
        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller.
      },
      &quot;servicemesh&quot;: { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state.
        &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership.
          { # Condition being reported.
            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user.
            &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short summary about the issue.
            &quot;documentationLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Links contains actionable information.
            &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Severity level of the condition.
          },
        ],
        &quot;controlPlaneManagement&quot;: { # Status of control plane management. # Output only. Status of control plane management
          &quot;details&quot;: [ # Explanation of state.
            { # Structured and human-readable details for a status.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A machine-readable code that further describes a broad status.
              &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable explanation of code.
            },
          ],
          &quot;implementation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Implementation of managed control plane.
          &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LifecycleState of control plane management.
        },
        &quot;dataPlaneManagement&quot;: { # Status of data plane management. Only reported per-member. # Output only. Status of data plane management.
          &quot;details&quot;: [ # Explanation of the status.
            { # Structured and human-readable details for a status.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A machine-readable code that further describes a broad status.
              &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable explanation of code.
            },
          ],
          &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Lifecycle status of data plane management.
        },
      },
      &quot;state&quot;: { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature&#x27;s state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # The high-level state of this Feature for a single membership.
        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
        &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The full, unique name of this Feature resource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.
  &quot;resourceState&quot;: { # FeatureResourceState describes the state of a Feature *resource* in the GkeHub API. See `FeatureState` for the &quot;running state&quot; of the Feature in the Fleet and across Memberships. # Output only. State of the Feature resource itself.
    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
  },
  &quot;scopeSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Scope-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Scope configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Scope is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # ScopeFeatureSpec contains feature specs for a fleet scope.
    },
  },
  &quot;scopeStates&quot;: { # Output only. Scope-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Scope status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # ScopeFeatureState contains Scope-wide Feature status information.
      &quot;state&quot;: { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature&#x27;s state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # Output only. The &quot;running state&quot; of the Feature in this Scope.
        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
        &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;spec&quot;: { # CommonFeatureSpec contains Fleet-wide configuration information # Optional. Fleet-wide Feature configuration. If this Feature does not support any Fleet-wide configuration, this field may be unused.
    &quot;appdevexperience&quot;: { # Spec for App Dev Experience Feature. # Appdevexperience specific spec.
    },
    &quot;clusterupgrade&quot;: { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade (fleet-based) feature spec.
      &quot;gkeUpgradeOverrides&quot;: [ # Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade.
        { # Properties of a GKE upgrade that can be overridden by the user. For example, a user can skip soaking by overriding the soaking to 0.
          &quot;postConditions&quot;: { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to override for the specified upgrade (name + version). Required.
            &quot;soaking&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Amount of time to &quot;soak&quot; after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
          },
          &quot;upgrade&quot;: { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Required. Which upgrade to override. Required.
            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;k8s_control_plane&quot;. It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
            &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;1.22.1-gke.100&quot;. It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
          },
        },
      ],
      &quot;postConditions&quot;: { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required.
        &quot;soaking&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Amount of time to &quot;soak&quot; after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
      },
      &quot;upstreamFleets&quot;: [ # This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
    },
    &quot;dataplanev2&quot;: { # **Dataplane V2**: Spec # DataplaneV2 feature spec.
      &quot;enableEncryption&quot;: True or False, # Enable dataplane-v2 based encryption for multiple clusters.
    },
    &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **Fleet Observability**: The Hub-wide input for the FleetObservability feature. # FleetObservability feature spec.
      &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig defines the configuration for different types of logs. # Specified if fleet logging feature is enabled for the entire fleet. If UNSPECIFIED, fleet logging feature is disabled for the entire fleet.
        &quot;defaultConfig&quot;: { # RoutingConfig configures the behaviour of fleet logging feature. # Specified if applying the default routing config to logs not specified in other configs.
          &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # mode configures the logs routing mode.
        },
        &quot;fleetScopeLogsConfig&quot;: { # RoutingConfig configures the behaviour of fleet logging feature. # Specified if applying the routing config to all logs for all fleet scopes.
          &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # mode configures the logs routing mode.
        },
      },
    },
    &quot;multiclusteringress&quot;: { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
      &quot;configMembership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
    },
    &quot;rbacrolebindingactuation&quot;: { # **RBAC RoleBinding Actuation**: The Hub-wide input for the RBACRoleBindingActuation feature. # RBAC Role Binding Actuation feature spec
      &quot;allowedCustomRoles&quot;: [ # The list of allowed custom roles (ClusterRoles). If a ClusterRole is not part of this list, it cannot be used in a Scope RBACRoleBinding. If a ClusterRole in this list is in use, it cannot be removed from the list.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
    },
  },
  &quot;state&quot;: { # CommonFeatureState contains Fleet-wide Feature status information. # Output only. The Fleet-wide Feature state.
    &quot;appdevexperience&quot;: { # State for App Dev Exp Feature. # Appdevexperience specific state.
      &quot;networkingInstallSucceeded&quot;: { # Status specifies state for the subcomponent. # Status of subcomponent that detects configured Service Mesh resources.
        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Code specifies AppDevExperienceFeature&#x27;s subcomponent ready state.
        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed.
      },
    },
    &quot;clusterupgrade&quot;: { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade fleet-level state.
      &quot;downstreamFleets&quot;: [ # This fleets whose upstream_fleets contain the current fleet. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;gkeState&quot;: { # GKEUpgradeFeatureState contains feature states for GKE clusters in the scope. # Feature state for GKE clusters.
        &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Current conditions of the feature.
          { # GKEUpgradeFeatureCondition describes the condition of the feature for GKE clusters at a certain point of time.
            &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason why the feature is in this status.
            &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the condition, for example, &quot;ready&quot;.
            &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last timestamp the condition was updated.
          },
        ],
        &quot;upgradeState&quot;: [ # Upgrade state. It will eventually replace `state`.
          { # GKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state at the scope and fleet level.
            &quot;stats&quot;: { # Number of GKE clusters in each status code.
              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
            },
            &quot;status&quot;: { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status code of the upgrade.
              &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason for this status.
              &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last timestamp the status was updated.
            },
            &quot;upgrade&quot;: { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;k8s_control_plane&quot;. It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;1.22.1-gke.100&quot;. It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
            },
          },
        ],
      },
      &quot;ignored&quot;: { # A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`.
        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default.
          &quot;ignoredTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
          &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason why the membership is ignored.
        },
      },
    },
    &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **FleetObservability**: Hub-wide Feature for FleetObservability feature. state. # FleetObservability feature state.
      &quot;logging&quot;: { # Feature state for logging feature. # The feature state of default logging.
        &quot;defaultLog&quot;: { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet default log.
          &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Errors after reconciling the monitoring and logging feature if the code is not OK.
            { # All error details of the fleet observability feature.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The code of the error.
              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
            },
          ],
        },
        &quot;scopeLog&quot;: { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet scope log.
          &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Errors after reconciling the monitoring and logging feature if the code is not OK.
            { # All error details of the fleet observability feature.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The code of the error.
              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
            },
          ],
        },
      },
      &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # Feature state for monitoring feature. # The feature state of fleet monitoring.
        &quot;state&quot;: { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet monitoring feature.
          &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Errors after reconciling the monitoring and logging feature if the code is not OK.
            { # All error details of the fleet observability feature.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The code of the error.
              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
            },
          ],
        },
      },
    },
    &quot;rbacrolebindingactuation&quot;: { # **RBAC RoleBinding Actuation**: An empty state left as an example Hub-wide Feature state. # RBAC Role Binding Actuation feature state
    },
    &quot;state&quot;: { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature&#x27;s state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # Output only. The &quot;running state&quot; of the Feature in this Fleet.
      &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated.
    },
  },
  &quot;unreachable&quot;: [ # Output only. List of locations that could not be reached while fetching this feature.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the Feature resource was last updated.
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

Args:
  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
  &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
      &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; } ] } This enables &#x27;DATA_READ&#x27; and &#x27;DATA_WRITE&#x27; logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
          &quot;exemptedMembers&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The log type that this config enables.
        },
      ],
      &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
    },
  ],
  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
      &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
        &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
        &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
      },
      &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
    },
  ],
  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
  &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Lists Features in a given project and location.

Args:
  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the Features will be listed. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
  filter: string, Lists Features that match the filter expression, following the syntax outlined in https://google.aip.dev/160. Examples: - Feature with the name &quot;servicemesh&quot; in project &quot;foo-proj&quot;: name = &quot;projects/foo-proj/locations/global/features/servicemesh&quot; - Features that have a label called `foo`: labels.foo:* - Features that have a label called `foo` whose value is `bar`: labels.foo = bar
  orderBy: string, One or more fields to compare and use to sort the output. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering.
  pageSize: integer, When requesting a &#x27;page&#x27; of resources, `page_size` specifies number of resources to return. If unspecified or set to 0, all resources will be returned.
  pageToken: string, Token returned by previous call to `ListFeatures` which specifies the position in the list from where to continue listing the resources.
  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If set to true, the response will return partial results when some regions are unreachable and the unreachable field in Feature proto will be populated. If set to false, the request will fail when some regions are unreachable.
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # Response message for the `GkeHub.ListFeatures` method.
  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token to request the next page of resources from the `ListFeatures` method. The value of an empty string means that there are no more resources to return.
  &quot;resources&quot;: [ # The list of matching Features
    { # Feature represents the settings and status of any Fleet Feature.
      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the Feature resource was created.
      &quot;deleteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the Feature resource was deleted.
      &quot;fleetDefaultMemberConfig&quot;: { # CommonFleetDefaultMemberConfigSpec contains default configuration information for memberships of a fleet # Optional. Feature configuration applicable to all memberships of the fleet.
        &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
          &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
          &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Optional. Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
            &quot;deploymentOverrides&quot;: [ # Optional. Configuration for deployment overrides.
              { # Configuration for a deployment override.
                &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Optional. The containers of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                  { # Configuration for a container override.
                    &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the container.
                    &quot;cpuLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu limit of the container.
                    &quot;cpuRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu request of the container.
                    &quot;memoryLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory limit of the container.
                    &quot;memoryRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory request of the container.
                  },
                ],
                &quot;deploymentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                &quot;deploymentNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The namespace of the deployment resource to be overridden.
              },
            ],
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of the git or oci field.
            &quot;git&quot;: { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Optional. Git repo configuration for the cluster.
              &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
              &quot;httpsProxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
              &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository.
              &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount, githubapp or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
              &quot;syncBranch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master.
              &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth.
              &quot;syncRev&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD.
              &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
            },
            &quot;metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Email of the Google Cloud Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be bound to the GSA. Deprecated: If Workload Identity Federation for GKE is enabled, Google Cloud Service Account is no longer needed for exporting Config Sync metrics: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/enterprise/config-sync/docs/how-to/monitor-config-sync-cloud-monitoring#custom-monitoring.
            &quot;oci&quot;: { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # Optional. OCI repo configuration for the cluster
              &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
              &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
              &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the OCI repo. Must be one of gcenode, gcpserviceaccount, k8sserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
              &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OCI image repository URL for the package to sync from. e.g. `LOCATION-docker.pkg.dev/PROJECT_ID/REPOSITORY_NAME/PACKAGE_NAME`.
              &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
            },
            &quot;preventDrift&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts.
            &quot;sourceFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in &quot;hierarchical&quot; or &quot;unstructured&quot; mode.
            &quot;stopSyncing&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false.
          },
          &quot;hierarchyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Optional. Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Hierarchy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/hierarchical-namespaces instead.
            &quot;enableHierarchicalResourceQuota&quot;: True or False, # Whether hierarchical resource quota is enabled in this cluster.
            &quot;enablePodTreeLabels&quot;: True or False, # Whether pod tree labels are enabled in this cluster.
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether Hierarchy Controller is enabled in this cluster.
          },
          &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Feature management.
          &quot;policyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Optional. Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Policy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use the policycontroller feature instead.
            &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the installation of Policy Controller. If false, the rest of PolicyController fields take no effect.
            &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
            &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # PolicyControllerMonitoring specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
              &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
            },
            &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
            &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
            &quot;templateLibraryInstalled&quot;: True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
            &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Version of ACM installed.
        },
        &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
          &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
            { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
              &quot;azureadConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration.
                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider.
                &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
                &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret.
                &quot;groupFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.
                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.
                &quot;tenant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.
                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.
              },
              &quot;googleConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration.
                &quot;disable&quot;: True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms.
              },
              &quot;ldapConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the LDAP Auth flow. # LDAP specific configuration.
                &quot;group&quot;: { # Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory. # Optional. Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory.
                  &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for group entries.
                  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional filter to be used when searching for groups a user belongs to. This can be used to explicitly match only certain groups in order to reduce the amount of groups returned for each user. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=Group)&quot;.
                  &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The identifying name of each group a user belongs to. For example, if this is set to &quot;distinguishedName&quot; then RBACs and other group expectations should be written as full DNs. This defaults to &quot;distinguishedName&quot;.
                },
                &quot;server&quot;: { # Server settings for the external LDAP server. # Required. Server settings for the external LDAP server.
                  &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Contains a Base64 encoded, PEM formatted certificate authority certificate for the LDAP server. This must be provided for the &quot;ldaps&quot; and &quot;startTLS&quot; connections.
                  &quot;connectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defines the connection type to communicate with the LDAP server. If `starttls` or `ldaps` is specified, the certificate_authority_data should not be empty.
                  &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Defines the hostname or IP of the LDAP server. Port is optional and will default to 389, if unspecified. For example, &quot;ldap.server.example&quot; or &quot;10.10.10.10:389&quot;.
                },
                &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: { # Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate. # Required. Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate.
                  &quot;simpleBindCredentials&quot;: { # The structure holds the LDAP simple binding credential. # Credentials for basic auth.
                    &quot;dn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The distinguished name(DN) of the service account object/user.
                    &quot;encryptedPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The encrypted password of the service account object/user.
                    &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The password of the service account object/user.
                  },
                },
                &quot;user&quot;: { # Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory. # Required. Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory.
                  &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for user entries.
                  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Filter to apply when searching for the user. This can be used to further restrict the user accounts which are allowed to login. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=User)&quot;.
                  &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Determines which attribute to use as the user&#x27;s identity after they are authenticated. This is distinct from the loginAttribute field to allow users to login with a username, but then have their actual identifier be an email address or full Distinguished Name (DN). For example, setting loginAttribute to &quot;sAMAccountName&quot; and identifierAttribute to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; would allow a user to login as &quot;bsmith&quot;, but actual RBAC policies for the user would be written as &quot;bsmith@example.com&quot;. Using &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; is recommended since this will be unique for each user. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                  &quot;loginAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the attribute which matches against the input username. This is used to find the user in the LDAP database e.g. &quot;(=)&quot; and is combined with the optional filter field. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                },
              },
              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
              &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
                &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
                &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted OIDC client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
                &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
                &quot;enableAccessToken&quot;: True or False, # Enable access token.
                &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted OIDC Client secret
                &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
                &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
                &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
                &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
              },
              &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
              &quot;samlConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration.
                &quot;attributeMapping&quot;: { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is &quot;attribute.nickname&quot; and `value` is &quot;assertion.nickname&quot;.
                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                },
                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.
                &quot;groupsAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).
                &quot;identityProviderCertificates&quot;: [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
                &quot;identityProviderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.
                &quot;identityProviderSsoUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.
                &quot;userAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).
                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.
              },
            },
          ],
          &quot;identityServiceOptions&quot;: { # Holds non-protocol-related configuration options. # Optional. non-protocol-related configuration options.
            &quot;diagnosticInterface&quot;: { # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface. # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface.
              &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to enable the diagnostic interface.
              &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the expiration time of the diagnostic interface enablement. When reached, requests to the interface would be automatically rejected.
            },
            &quot;sessionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the lifespan of STS tokens issued by Anthos Identity Service.
          },
        },
        &quot;mesh&quot;: { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec
          &quot;configApi&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads.
          &quot;controlPlane&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management.
          &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management.
        },
        &quot;policycontroller&quot;: { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec.
          &quot;policyControllerHubConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster.
            &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
            &quot;constraintViolationLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used.
            &quot;deploymentConfigs&quot;: { # Map of deployment configs to deployments (&quot;admission&quot;, &quot;audit&quot;, &quot;mutation&#x27;).
              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Deployment-specific configuration.
                &quot;containerResources&quot;: { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements.
                  &quot;limits&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container.
                    &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                    &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                  },
                  &quot;requests&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler.
                    &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                    &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                  },
                },
                &quot;podAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod affinity configuration.
                &quot;podAntiAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. Deprecated: use `pod_affinity` instead.
                &quot;podTolerations&quot;: [ # Pod tolerations of node taints.
                  { # Toleration of a node taint.
                    &quot;effect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint effect.
                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique).
                    &quot;operator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint operator.
                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint value.
                  },
                ],
                &quot;replicaCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod replica count.
              },
            },
            &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;installSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state.
            &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
            &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
              &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
            },
            &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller.
            &quot;policyContent&quot;: { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user&#x27;s desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster
              &quot;bundles&quot;: { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint.
                &quot;a_key&quot;: { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle.
                  &quot;exemptedNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle.
                    &quot;A String&quot;,
                  ],
                },
              },
              &quot;templateLibrary&quot;: { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library.
                &quot;installation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster.
              },
            },
            &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of Policy Controller installed.
        },
      },
      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this Feature.
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
      },
      &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
          &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
            &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
            &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Optional. Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
              &quot;deploymentOverrides&quot;: [ # Optional. Configuration for deployment overrides.
                { # Configuration for a deployment override.
                  &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Optional. The containers of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                    { # Configuration for a container override.
                      &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the container.
                      &quot;cpuLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu limit of the container.
                      &quot;cpuRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu request of the container.
                      &quot;memoryLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory limit of the container.
                      &quot;memoryRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory request of the container.
                    },
                  ],
                  &quot;deploymentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                  &quot;deploymentNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The namespace of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                },
              ],
              &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of the git or oci field.
              &quot;git&quot;: { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Optional. Git repo configuration for the cluster.
                &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
                &quot;httpsProxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
                &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository.
                &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount, githubapp or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
                &quot;syncBranch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master.
                &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth.
                &quot;syncRev&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD.
                &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
              },
              &quot;metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Email of the Google Cloud Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be bound to the GSA. Deprecated: If Workload Identity Federation for GKE is enabled, Google Cloud Service Account is no longer needed for exporting Config Sync metrics: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/enterprise/config-sync/docs/how-to/monitor-config-sync-cloud-monitoring#custom-monitoring.
              &quot;oci&quot;: { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # Optional. OCI repo configuration for the cluster
                &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
                &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
                &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the OCI repo. Must be one of gcenode, gcpserviceaccount, k8sserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
                &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OCI image repository URL for the package to sync from. e.g. `LOCATION-docker.pkg.dev/PROJECT_ID/REPOSITORY_NAME/PACKAGE_NAME`.
                &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
              },
              &quot;preventDrift&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts.
              &quot;sourceFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in &quot;hierarchical&quot; or &quot;unstructured&quot; mode.
              &quot;stopSyncing&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false.
            },
            &quot;hierarchyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Optional. Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Hierarchy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/hierarchical-namespaces instead.
              &quot;enableHierarchicalResourceQuota&quot;: True or False, # Whether hierarchical resource quota is enabled in this cluster.
              &quot;enablePodTreeLabels&quot;: True or False, # Whether pod tree labels are enabled in this cluster.
              &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether Hierarchy Controller is enabled in this cluster.
            },
            &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Feature management.
            &quot;policyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Optional. Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Policy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use the policycontroller feature instead.
              &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
              &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the installation of Policy Controller. If false, the rest of PolicyController fields take no effect.
              &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
              &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
              &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # PolicyControllerMonitoring specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
                &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
              },
              &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
              &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
              &quot;templateLibraryInstalled&quot;: True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
              &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
            },
            &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Version of ACM installed.
          },
          &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **FleetObservability**: The membership-specific input for FleetObservability feature. # Fleet observability membership spec
          },
          &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
            &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
              { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
                &quot;azureadConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration.
                  &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider.
                  &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
                  &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret.
                  &quot;groupFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.
                  &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.
                  &quot;tenant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.
                  &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.
                },
                &quot;googleConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration.
                  &quot;disable&quot;: True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms.
                },
                &quot;ldapConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the LDAP Auth flow. # LDAP specific configuration.
                  &quot;group&quot;: { # Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory. # Optional. Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory.
                    &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for group entries.
                    &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional filter to be used when searching for groups a user belongs to. This can be used to explicitly match only certain groups in order to reduce the amount of groups returned for each user. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=Group)&quot;.
                    &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The identifying name of each group a user belongs to. For example, if this is set to &quot;distinguishedName&quot; then RBACs and other group expectations should be written as full DNs. This defaults to &quot;distinguishedName&quot;.
                  },
                  &quot;server&quot;: { # Server settings for the external LDAP server. # Required. Server settings for the external LDAP server.
                    &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Contains a Base64 encoded, PEM formatted certificate authority certificate for the LDAP server. This must be provided for the &quot;ldaps&quot; and &quot;startTLS&quot; connections.
                    &quot;connectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defines the connection type to communicate with the LDAP server. If `starttls` or `ldaps` is specified, the certificate_authority_data should not be empty.
                    &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Defines the hostname or IP of the LDAP server. Port is optional and will default to 389, if unspecified. For example, &quot;ldap.server.example&quot; or &quot;10.10.10.10:389&quot;.
                  },
                  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: { # Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate. # Required. Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate.
                    &quot;simpleBindCredentials&quot;: { # The structure holds the LDAP simple binding credential. # Credentials for basic auth.
                      &quot;dn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The distinguished name(DN) of the service account object/user.
                      &quot;encryptedPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The encrypted password of the service account object/user.
                      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The password of the service account object/user.
                    },
                  },
                  &quot;user&quot;: { # Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory. # Required. Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory.
                    &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for user entries.
                    &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Filter to apply when searching for the user. This can be used to further restrict the user accounts which are allowed to login. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=User)&quot;.
                    &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Determines which attribute to use as the user&#x27;s identity after they are authenticated. This is distinct from the loginAttribute field to allow users to login with a username, but then have their actual identifier be an email address or full Distinguished Name (DN). For example, setting loginAttribute to &quot;sAMAccountName&quot; and identifierAttribute to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; would allow a user to login as &quot;bsmith&quot;, but actual RBAC policies for the user would be written as &quot;bsmith@example.com&quot;. Using &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; is recommended since this will be unique for each user. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                    &quot;loginAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the attribute which matches against the input username. This is used to find the user in the LDAP database e.g. &quot;(=)&quot; and is combined with the optional filter field. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                  },
                },
                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
                &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
                  &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
                  &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
                  &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted OIDC client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
                  &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
                  &quot;enableAccessToken&quot;: True or False, # Enable access token.
                  &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted OIDC Client secret
                  &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
                  &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
                  &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
                  &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
                  &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
                  &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
                  &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
                  &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
                },
                &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
                &quot;samlConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration.
                  &quot;attributeMapping&quot;: { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is &quot;attribute.nickname&quot; and `value` is &quot;assertion.nickname&quot;.
                    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                  },
                  &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.
                  &quot;groupsAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).
                  &quot;identityProviderCertificates&quot;: [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.
                    &quot;A String&quot;,
                  ],
                  &quot;identityProviderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.
                  &quot;identityProviderSsoUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.
                  &quot;userAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).
                  &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.
                },
              },
            ],
            &quot;identityServiceOptions&quot;: { # Holds non-protocol-related configuration options. # Optional. non-protocol-related configuration options.
              &quot;diagnosticInterface&quot;: { # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface. # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface.
                &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to enable the diagnostic interface.
                &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the expiration time of the diagnostic interface enablement. When reached, requests to the interface would be automatically rejected.
              },
              &quot;sessionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the lifespan of STS tokens issued by Anthos Identity Service.
            },
          },
          &quot;mesh&quot;: { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec
            &quot;configApi&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads.
            &quot;controlPlane&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management.
            &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management.
          },
          &quot;origin&quot;: { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly.
            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type specifies which type of origin is set.
          },
          &quot;policycontroller&quot;: { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec.
            &quot;policyControllerHubConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster.
              &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
              &quot;constraintViolationLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used.
              &quot;deploymentConfigs&quot;: { # Map of deployment configs to deployments (&quot;admission&quot;, &quot;audit&quot;, &quot;mutation&#x27;).
                &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Deployment-specific configuration.
                  &quot;containerResources&quot;: { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements.
                    &quot;limits&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container.
                      &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                      &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                    },
                    &quot;requests&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler.
                      &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                      &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                    },
                  },
                  &quot;podAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod affinity configuration.
                  &quot;podAntiAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. Deprecated: use `pod_affinity` instead.
                  &quot;podTolerations&quot;: [ # Pod tolerations of node taints.
                    { # Toleration of a node taint.
                      &quot;effect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint effect.
                      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique).
                      &quot;operator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint operator.
                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint value.
                    },
                  ],
                  &quot;replicaCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod replica count.
                },
              },
              &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
              &quot;installSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state.
              &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
              &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
                &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
              },
              &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller.
              &quot;policyContent&quot;: { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user&#x27;s desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster
                &quot;bundles&quot;: { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint.
                  &quot;a_key&quot;: { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle.
                    &quot;exemptedNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle.
                      &quot;A String&quot;,
                    ],
                  },
                },
                &quot;templateLibrary&quot;: { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library.
                  &quot;installation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster.
                },
              },
              &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
            },
            &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of Policy Controller installed.
          },
        },
      },
      &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
          &quot;appdevexperience&quot;: { # State for App Dev Exp Feature. # Appdevexperience specific state.
            &quot;networkingInstallSucceeded&quot;: { # Status specifies state for the subcomponent. # Status of subcomponent that detects configured Service Mesh resources.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Code specifies AppDevExperienceFeature&#x27;s subcomponent ready state.
              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed.
            },
          },
          &quot;clusterupgrade&quot;: { # Per-membership state for this feature. # ClusterUpgrade state.
            &quot;ignored&quot;: { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. # Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel.
              &quot;ignoredTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
              &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason why the membership is ignored.
            },
            &quot;upgrades&quot;: [ # Actual upgrade state against desired.
              { # ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state per-membership.
                &quot;status&quot;: { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
                  &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status code of the upgrade.
                  &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason for this status.
                  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last timestamp the status was updated.
                },
                &quot;upgrade&quot;: { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;k8s_control_plane&quot;. It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
                  &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;1.22.1-gke.100&quot;. It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
                },
              },
            ],
          },
          &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
            &quot;clusterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name.
            &quot;configSyncState&quot;: { # State information for ConfigSync # Output only. Current sync status
              &quot;clusterLevelStopSyncingState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Whether syncing resources to the cluster is stopped at the cluster level.
              &quot;crCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. The number of RootSync and RepoSync CRs in the cluster.
              &quot;deploymentState&quot;: { # The state of ConfigSync&#x27;s deployment on a cluster # Output only. Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed
                &quot;admissionWebhook&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of admission-webhook
                &quot;gitSync&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the git-sync pod
                &quot;importer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the importer pod
                &quot;monitor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the monitor pod
                &quot;otelCollector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of otel-collector
                &quot;reconcilerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod
                &quot;resourceGroupControllerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager
                &quot;rootReconciler&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of root-reconciler
                &quot;syncer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the syncer pod
              },
              &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Output only. Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.
                { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync
                  &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string representing the user facing error message
                },
              ],
              &quot;reposyncCrd&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the Reposync CRD
              &quot;rootsyncCrd&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the RootSync CRD
              &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of CS This field summarizes the other fields in this message.
              &quot;syncState&quot;: { # State indicating an ACM&#x27;s progress syncing configurations to a cluster # Output only. The state of ConfigSync&#x27;s process to sync configs to a cluster
                &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sync status code
                &quot;errors&quot;: [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist.
                  { # An ACM created error representing a problem syncing configurations
                    &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An ACM defined error code
                    &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description of the error
                    &quot;errorResources&quot;: [ # A list of config(s) associated with the error, if any
                      { # Model for a config file in the git repo with an associated Sync error
                        &quot;resourceGvk&quot;: { # A Kubernetes object&#x27;s GVK # Group/version/kind of the resource that is causing an error
                          &quot;group&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kubernetes Group
                          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kubernetes Kind
                          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kubernetes Version
                        },
                        &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Metadata name of the resource that is causing an error
                        &quot;resourceNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Namespace of the resource that is causing an error
                        &quot;sourcePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path in the git repo of the erroneous config
                      },
                    ],
                  },
                ],
                &quot;importToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token indicating the state of the importer.
                &quot;lastSync&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
                &quot;lastSyncTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
                &quot;sourceToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token indicating the state of the repo.
                &quot;syncToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
              },
              &quot;version&quot;: { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync&#x27;s Pods # Output only. The version of ConfigSync deployed
                &quot;admissionWebhook&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod
                &quot;gitSync&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed git-sync pod
                &quot;importer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed importer pod
                &quot;monitor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed monitor pod
                &quot;otelCollector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod
                &quot;reconcilerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod
                &quot;resourceGroupControllerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod
                &quot;rootReconciler&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod
                &quot;syncer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed syncer pod
              },
            },
            &quot;hierarchyControllerState&quot;: { # State for Hierarchy Controller # Output only. Hierarchy Controller status
              &quot;state&quot;: { # Deployment state for Hierarchy Controller # The deployment state for Hierarchy Controller
                &quot;extension&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deployment state for Hierarchy Controller extension (e.g. v0.7.0-hc.1)
                &quot;hnc&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deployment state for open source HNC (e.g. v0.7.0-hc.0)
              },
              &quot;version&quot;: { # Version for Hierarchy Controller # The version for Hierarchy Controller
                &quot;extension&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version for Hierarchy Controller extension
                &quot;hnc&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version for open source HNC
              },
            },
            &quot;kubernetesApiServerVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Kubernetes API server version of the cluster.
            &quot;membershipSpec&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Output only. Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
              &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
              &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Optional. Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
                &quot;deploymentOverrides&quot;: [ # Optional. Configuration for deployment overrides.
                  { # Configuration for a deployment override.
                    &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Optional. The containers of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                      { # Configuration for a container override.
                        &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the container.
                        &quot;cpuLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu limit of the container.
                        &quot;cpuRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu request of the container.
                        &quot;memoryLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory limit of the container.
                        &quot;memoryRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory request of the container.
                      },
                    ],
                    &quot;deploymentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                    &quot;deploymentNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The namespace of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                  },
                ],
                &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of the git or oci field.
                &quot;git&quot;: { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Optional. Git repo configuration for the cluster.
                  &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
                  &quot;httpsProxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
                  &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository.
                  &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount, githubapp or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
                  &quot;syncBranch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master.
                  &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth.
                  &quot;syncRev&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD.
                  &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
                },
                &quot;metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Email of the Google Cloud Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be bound to the GSA. Deprecated: If Workload Identity Federation for GKE is enabled, Google Cloud Service Account is no longer needed for exporting Config Sync metrics: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/enterprise/config-sync/docs/how-to/monitor-config-sync-cloud-monitoring#custom-monitoring.
                &quot;oci&quot;: { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # Optional. OCI repo configuration for the cluster
                  &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
                  &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
                  &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the OCI repo. Must be one of gcenode, gcpserviceaccount, k8sserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
                  &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OCI image repository URL for the package to sync from. e.g. `LOCATION-docker.pkg.dev/PROJECT_ID/REPOSITORY_NAME/PACKAGE_NAME`.
                  &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
                },
                &quot;preventDrift&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts.
                &quot;sourceFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in &quot;hierarchical&quot; or &quot;unstructured&quot; mode.
                &quot;stopSyncing&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false.
              },
              &quot;hierarchyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Optional. Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Hierarchy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/hierarchical-namespaces instead.
                &quot;enableHierarchicalResourceQuota&quot;: True or False, # Whether hierarchical resource quota is enabled in this cluster.
                &quot;enablePodTreeLabels&quot;: True or False, # Whether pod tree labels are enabled in this cluster.
                &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether Hierarchy Controller is enabled in this cluster.
              },
              &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Feature management.
              &quot;policyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Optional. Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Policy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use the policycontroller feature instead.
                &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
                &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the installation of Policy Controller. If false, the rest of PolicyController fields take no effect.
                &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
                &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
                &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # PolicyControllerMonitoring specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
                  &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
                    &quot;A String&quot;,
                  ],
                },
                &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
                &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
                &quot;templateLibraryInstalled&quot;: True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
                &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
              },
              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Version of ACM installed.
            },
            &quot;operatorState&quot;: { # State information for an ACM&#x27;s Operator # Output only. Current install status of ACM&#x27;s Operator
              &quot;deploymentState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the Operator&#x27;s deployment
              &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Install errors.
                { # Errors pertaining to the installation of ACM
                  &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string representing the user facing error message
                },
              ],
              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The semenatic version number of the operator
            },
            &quot;policyControllerState&quot;: { # State for PolicyControllerState. # Output only. PolicyController status
              &quot;deploymentState&quot;: { # State of Policy Controller installation. # The state about the policy controller installation.
                &quot;gatekeeperAudit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of gatekeeper-audit deployment.
                &quot;gatekeeperControllerManagerState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of gatekeeper-controller-manager pod.
                &quot;gatekeeperMutation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook.
              },
              &quot;migration&quot;: { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -&gt; PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -&gt; PoCo Hub migration for this feature.
                &quot;copyTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.
                &quot;stage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Stage of the migration.
              },
              &quot;version&quot;: { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed.
                &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gatekeeper image tag that is composed of ACM version, git tag, build number.
              },
            },
          },
          &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **FleetObservability**: Membership-specific Feature state for fleetobservability. # Fleet observability membership state.
          },
          &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific state.
            &quot;failureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason of the failure.
            &quot;installedVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.
            &quot;memberConfig&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Last reconciled membership configuration
              &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
                { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
                  &quot;azureadConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration.
                    &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider.
                    &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
                    &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret.
                    &quot;groupFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.
                    &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.
                    &quot;tenant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.
                    &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.
                  },
                  &quot;googleConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration.
                    &quot;disable&quot;: True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms.
                  },
                  &quot;ldapConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the LDAP Auth flow. # LDAP specific configuration.
                    &quot;group&quot;: { # Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory. # Optional. Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory.
                      &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for group entries.
                      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional filter to be used when searching for groups a user belongs to. This can be used to explicitly match only certain groups in order to reduce the amount of groups returned for each user. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=Group)&quot;.
                      &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The identifying name of each group a user belongs to. For example, if this is set to &quot;distinguishedName&quot; then RBACs and other group expectations should be written as full DNs. This defaults to &quot;distinguishedName&quot;.
                    },
                    &quot;server&quot;: { # Server settings for the external LDAP server. # Required. Server settings for the external LDAP server.
                      &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Contains a Base64 encoded, PEM formatted certificate authority certificate for the LDAP server. This must be provided for the &quot;ldaps&quot; and &quot;startTLS&quot; connections.
                      &quot;connectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defines the connection type to communicate with the LDAP server. If `starttls` or `ldaps` is specified, the certificate_authority_data should not be empty.
                      &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Defines the hostname or IP of the LDAP server. Port is optional and will default to 389, if unspecified. For example, &quot;ldap.server.example&quot; or &quot;10.10.10.10:389&quot;.
                    },
                    &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: { # Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate. # Required. Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate.
                      &quot;simpleBindCredentials&quot;: { # The structure holds the LDAP simple binding credential. # Credentials for basic auth.
                        &quot;dn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The distinguished name(DN) of the service account object/user.
                        &quot;encryptedPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The encrypted password of the service account object/user.
                        &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The password of the service account object/user.
                      },
                    },
                    &quot;user&quot;: { # Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory. # Required. Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory.
                      &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for user entries.
                      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Filter to apply when searching for the user. This can be used to further restrict the user accounts which are allowed to login. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=User)&quot;.
                      &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Determines which attribute to use as the user&#x27;s identity after they are authenticated. This is distinct from the loginAttribute field to allow users to login with a username, but then have their actual identifier be an email address or full Distinguished Name (DN). For example, setting loginAttribute to &quot;sAMAccountName&quot; and identifierAttribute to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; would allow a user to login as &quot;bsmith&quot;, but actual RBAC policies for the user would be written as &quot;bsmith@example.com&quot;. Using &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; is recommended since this will be unique for each user. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                      &quot;loginAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the attribute which matches against the input username. This is used to find the user in the LDAP database e.g. &quot;(=)&quot; and is combined with the optional filter field. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                    },
                  },
                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
                  &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
                    &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
                    &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
                    &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted OIDC client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
                    &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
                    &quot;enableAccessToken&quot;: True or False, # Enable access token.
                    &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted OIDC Client secret
                    &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
                    &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
                    &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
                    &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
                    &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
                    &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
                    &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
                    &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
                  },
                  &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
                  &quot;samlConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration.
                    &quot;attributeMapping&quot;: { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is &quot;attribute.nickname&quot; and `value` is &quot;assertion.nickname&quot;.
                      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                    },
                    &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.
                    &quot;groupsAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).
                    &quot;identityProviderCertificates&quot;: [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.
                      &quot;A String&quot;,
                    ],
                    &quot;identityProviderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.
                    &quot;identityProviderSsoUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.
                    &quot;userAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).
                    &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.
                  },
                },
              ],
              &quot;identityServiceOptions&quot;: { # Holds non-protocol-related configuration options. # Optional. non-protocol-related configuration options.
                &quot;diagnosticInterface&quot;: { # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface. # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface.
                  &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to enable the diagnostic interface.
                  &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the expiration time of the diagnostic interface enablement. When reached, requests to the interface would be automatically rejected.
                },
                &quot;sessionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the lifespan of STS tokens issued by Anthos Identity Service.
              },
            },
            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state on this member
          },
          &quot;policycontroller&quot;: { # **Policy Controller**: State for a single cluster. # Policycontroller-specific state.
            &quot;componentStates&quot;: { # Currently these include (also serving as map keys): 1. &quot;admission&quot; 2. &quot;audit&quot; 3. &quot;mutation&quot;
              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller.
                &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
                &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
              },
            },
            &quot;policyContentState&quot;: { # The state of the policy controller policy content # The overall content state observed by the Hub Feature controller.
              &quot;bundleStates&quot;: { # The state of the any bundles included in the chosen version of the manifest
                &quot;a_key&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller.
                  &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
                  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
                },
              },
              &quot;referentialSyncConfigState&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user.
                &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
                &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
              },
              &quot;templateLibraryState&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library
                &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
                &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
              },
            },
            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller.
          },
          &quot;servicemesh&quot;: { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state.
            &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership.
              { # Condition being reported.
                &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user.
                &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short summary about the issue.
                &quot;documentationLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Links contains actionable information.
                &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Severity level of the condition.
              },
            ],
            &quot;controlPlaneManagement&quot;: { # Status of control plane management. # Output only. Status of control plane management
              &quot;details&quot;: [ # Explanation of state.
                { # Structured and human-readable details for a status.
                  &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A machine-readable code that further describes a broad status.
                  &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable explanation of code.
                },
              ],
              &quot;implementation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Implementation of managed control plane.
              &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LifecycleState of control plane management.
            },
            &quot;dataPlaneManagement&quot;: { # Status of data plane management. Only reported per-member. # Output only. Status of data plane management.
              &quot;details&quot;: [ # Explanation of the status.
                { # Structured and human-readable details for a status.
                  &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A machine-readable code that further describes a broad status.
                  &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable explanation of code.
                },
              ],
              &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Lifecycle status of data plane management.
            },
          },
          &quot;state&quot;: { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature&#x27;s state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # The high-level state of this Feature for a single membership.
            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
            &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated.
          },
        },
      },
      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The full, unique name of this Feature resource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.
      &quot;resourceState&quot;: { # FeatureResourceState describes the state of a Feature *resource* in the GkeHub API. See `FeatureState` for the &quot;running state&quot; of the Feature in the Fleet and across Memberships. # Output only. State of the Feature resource itself.
        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
      },
      &quot;scopeSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Scope-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Scope configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Scope is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # ScopeFeatureSpec contains feature specs for a fleet scope.
        },
      },
      &quot;scopeStates&quot;: { # Output only. Scope-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Scope status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project.
        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # ScopeFeatureState contains Scope-wide Feature status information.
          &quot;state&quot;: { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature&#x27;s state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # Output only. The &quot;running state&quot; of the Feature in this Scope.
            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
            &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated.
          },
        },
      },
      &quot;spec&quot;: { # CommonFeatureSpec contains Fleet-wide configuration information # Optional. Fleet-wide Feature configuration. If this Feature does not support any Fleet-wide configuration, this field may be unused.
        &quot;appdevexperience&quot;: { # Spec for App Dev Experience Feature. # Appdevexperience specific spec.
        },
        &quot;clusterupgrade&quot;: { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade (fleet-based) feature spec.
          &quot;gkeUpgradeOverrides&quot;: [ # Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade.
            { # Properties of a GKE upgrade that can be overridden by the user. For example, a user can skip soaking by overriding the soaking to 0.
              &quot;postConditions&quot;: { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to override for the specified upgrade (name + version). Required.
                &quot;soaking&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Amount of time to &quot;soak&quot; after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
              },
              &quot;upgrade&quot;: { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Required. Which upgrade to override. Required.
                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;k8s_control_plane&quot;. It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
                &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;1.22.1-gke.100&quot;. It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
              },
            },
          ],
          &quot;postConditions&quot;: { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required.
            &quot;soaking&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Amount of time to &quot;soak&quot; after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
          },
          &quot;upstreamFleets&quot;: [ # This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
        },
        &quot;dataplanev2&quot;: { # **Dataplane V2**: Spec # DataplaneV2 feature spec.
          &quot;enableEncryption&quot;: True or False, # Enable dataplane-v2 based encryption for multiple clusters.
        },
        &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **Fleet Observability**: The Hub-wide input for the FleetObservability feature. # FleetObservability feature spec.
          &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig defines the configuration for different types of logs. # Specified if fleet logging feature is enabled for the entire fleet. If UNSPECIFIED, fleet logging feature is disabled for the entire fleet.
            &quot;defaultConfig&quot;: { # RoutingConfig configures the behaviour of fleet logging feature. # Specified if applying the default routing config to logs not specified in other configs.
              &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # mode configures the logs routing mode.
            },
            &quot;fleetScopeLogsConfig&quot;: { # RoutingConfig configures the behaviour of fleet logging feature. # Specified if applying the routing config to all logs for all fleet scopes.
              &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # mode configures the logs routing mode.
            },
          },
        },
        &quot;multiclusteringress&quot;: { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
          &quot;configMembership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
        },
        &quot;rbacrolebindingactuation&quot;: { # **RBAC RoleBinding Actuation**: The Hub-wide input for the RBACRoleBindingActuation feature. # RBAC Role Binding Actuation feature spec
          &quot;allowedCustomRoles&quot;: [ # The list of allowed custom roles (ClusterRoles). If a ClusterRole is not part of this list, it cannot be used in a Scope RBACRoleBinding. If a ClusterRole in this list is in use, it cannot be removed from the list.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
        },
      },
      &quot;state&quot;: { # CommonFeatureState contains Fleet-wide Feature status information. # Output only. The Fleet-wide Feature state.
        &quot;appdevexperience&quot;: { # State for App Dev Exp Feature. # Appdevexperience specific state.
          &quot;networkingInstallSucceeded&quot;: { # Status specifies state for the subcomponent. # Status of subcomponent that detects configured Service Mesh resources.
            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Code specifies AppDevExperienceFeature&#x27;s subcomponent ready state.
            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed.
          },
        },
        &quot;clusterupgrade&quot;: { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade fleet-level state.
          &quot;downstreamFleets&quot;: [ # This fleets whose upstream_fleets contain the current fleet. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;gkeState&quot;: { # GKEUpgradeFeatureState contains feature states for GKE clusters in the scope. # Feature state for GKE clusters.
            &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Current conditions of the feature.
              { # GKEUpgradeFeatureCondition describes the condition of the feature for GKE clusters at a certain point of time.
                &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason why the feature is in this status.
                &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
                &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the condition, for example, &quot;ready&quot;.
                &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last timestamp the condition was updated.
              },
            ],
            &quot;upgradeState&quot;: [ # Upgrade state. It will eventually replace `state`.
              { # GKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state at the scope and fleet level.
                &quot;stats&quot;: { # Number of GKE clusters in each status code.
                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                },
                &quot;status&quot;: { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
                  &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status code of the upgrade.
                  &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason for this status.
                  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last timestamp the status was updated.
                },
                &quot;upgrade&quot;: { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;k8s_control_plane&quot;. It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
                  &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;1.22.1-gke.100&quot;. It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
                },
              },
            ],
          },
          &quot;ignored&quot;: { # A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`.
            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default.
              &quot;ignoredTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
              &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason why the membership is ignored.
            },
          },
        },
        &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **FleetObservability**: Hub-wide Feature for FleetObservability feature. state. # FleetObservability feature state.
          &quot;logging&quot;: { # Feature state for logging feature. # The feature state of default logging.
            &quot;defaultLog&quot;: { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet default log.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
              &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Errors after reconciling the monitoring and logging feature if the code is not OK.
                { # All error details of the fleet observability feature.
                  &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The code of the error.
                  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
                },
              ],
            },
            &quot;scopeLog&quot;: { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet scope log.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
              &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Errors after reconciling the monitoring and logging feature if the code is not OK.
                { # All error details of the fleet observability feature.
                  &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The code of the error.
                  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
                },
              ],
            },
          },
          &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # Feature state for monitoring feature. # The feature state of fleet monitoring.
            &quot;state&quot;: { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet monitoring feature.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
              &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Errors after reconciling the monitoring and logging feature if the code is not OK.
                { # All error details of the fleet observability feature.
                  &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The code of the error.
                  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
                },
              ],
            },
          },
        },
        &quot;rbacrolebindingactuation&quot;: { # **RBAC RoleBinding Actuation**: An empty state left as an example Hub-wide Feature state. # RBAC Role Binding Actuation feature state
        },
        &quot;state&quot;: { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature&#x27;s state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # Output only. The &quot;running state&quot; of the Feature in this Fleet.
          &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
          &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated.
        },
      },
      &quot;unreachable&quot;: [ # Output only. List of locations that could not be reached while fetching this feature.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the Feature resource was last updated.
    },
  ],
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next()</code>
  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.

        Args:
          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)

        Returns:
          A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
        </pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Updates an existing Feature.

Args:
  name: string, Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Feature represents the settings and status of any Fleet Feature.
  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the Feature resource was created.
  &quot;deleteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the Feature resource was deleted.
  &quot;fleetDefaultMemberConfig&quot;: { # CommonFleetDefaultMemberConfigSpec contains default configuration information for memberships of a fleet # Optional. Feature configuration applicable to all memberships of the fleet.
    &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
      &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
      &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Optional. Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
        &quot;deploymentOverrides&quot;: [ # Optional. Configuration for deployment overrides.
          { # Configuration for a deployment override.
            &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Optional. The containers of the deployment resource to be overridden.
              { # Configuration for a container override.
                &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the container.
                &quot;cpuLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu limit of the container.
                &quot;cpuRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu request of the container.
                &quot;memoryLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory limit of the container.
                &quot;memoryRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory request of the container.
              },
            ],
            &quot;deploymentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the deployment resource to be overridden.
            &quot;deploymentNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The namespace of the deployment resource to be overridden.
          },
        ],
        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of the git or oci field.
        &quot;git&quot;: { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Optional. Git repo configuration for the cluster.
          &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
          &quot;httpsProxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
          &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository.
          &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount, githubapp or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
          &quot;syncBranch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master.
          &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth.
          &quot;syncRev&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD.
          &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
        },
        &quot;metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Email of the Google Cloud Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be bound to the GSA. Deprecated: If Workload Identity Federation for GKE is enabled, Google Cloud Service Account is no longer needed for exporting Config Sync metrics: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/enterprise/config-sync/docs/how-to/monitor-config-sync-cloud-monitoring#custom-monitoring.
        &quot;oci&quot;: { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # Optional. OCI repo configuration for the cluster
          &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
          &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
          &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the OCI repo. Must be one of gcenode, gcpserviceaccount, k8sserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
          &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OCI image repository URL for the package to sync from. e.g. `LOCATION-docker.pkg.dev/PROJECT_ID/REPOSITORY_NAME/PACKAGE_NAME`.
          &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
        },
        &quot;preventDrift&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts.
        &quot;sourceFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in &quot;hierarchical&quot; or &quot;unstructured&quot; mode.
        &quot;stopSyncing&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false.
      },
      &quot;hierarchyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Optional. Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Hierarchy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/hierarchical-namespaces instead.
        &quot;enableHierarchicalResourceQuota&quot;: True or False, # Whether hierarchical resource quota is enabled in this cluster.
        &quot;enablePodTreeLabels&quot;: True or False, # Whether pod tree labels are enabled in this cluster.
        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether Hierarchy Controller is enabled in this cluster.
      },
      &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Feature management.
      &quot;policyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Optional. Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Policy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use the policycontroller feature instead.
        &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the installation of Policy Controller. If false, the rest of PolicyController fields take no effect.
        &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
        &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # PolicyControllerMonitoring specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
          &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
        },
        &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
        &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
        &quot;templateLibraryInstalled&quot;: True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
        &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
      },
      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Version of ACM installed.
    },
    &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
      &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
        { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
          &quot;azureadConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration.
            &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider.
            &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
            &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret.
            &quot;groupFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.
            &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.
            &quot;tenant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.
            &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.
          },
          &quot;googleConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration.
            &quot;disable&quot;: True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms.
          },
          &quot;ldapConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the LDAP Auth flow. # LDAP specific configuration.
            &quot;group&quot;: { # Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory. # Optional. Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory.
              &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for group entries.
              &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional filter to be used when searching for groups a user belongs to. This can be used to explicitly match only certain groups in order to reduce the amount of groups returned for each user. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=Group)&quot;.
              &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The identifying name of each group a user belongs to. For example, if this is set to &quot;distinguishedName&quot; then RBACs and other group expectations should be written as full DNs. This defaults to &quot;distinguishedName&quot;.
            },
            &quot;server&quot;: { # Server settings for the external LDAP server. # Required. Server settings for the external LDAP server.
              &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Contains a Base64 encoded, PEM formatted certificate authority certificate for the LDAP server. This must be provided for the &quot;ldaps&quot; and &quot;startTLS&quot; connections.
              &quot;connectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defines the connection type to communicate with the LDAP server. If `starttls` or `ldaps` is specified, the certificate_authority_data should not be empty.
              &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Defines the hostname or IP of the LDAP server. Port is optional and will default to 389, if unspecified. For example, &quot;ldap.server.example&quot; or &quot;10.10.10.10:389&quot;.
            },
            &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: { # Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate. # Required. Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate.
              &quot;simpleBindCredentials&quot;: { # The structure holds the LDAP simple binding credential. # Credentials for basic auth.
                &quot;dn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The distinguished name(DN) of the service account object/user.
                &quot;encryptedPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The encrypted password of the service account object/user.
                &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The password of the service account object/user.
              },
            },
            &quot;user&quot;: { # Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory. # Required. Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory.
              &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for user entries.
              &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Filter to apply when searching for the user. This can be used to further restrict the user accounts which are allowed to login. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=User)&quot;.
              &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Determines which attribute to use as the user&#x27;s identity after they are authenticated. This is distinct from the loginAttribute field to allow users to login with a username, but then have their actual identifier be an email address or full Distinguished Name (DN). For example, setting loginAttribute to &quot;sAMAccountName&quot; and identifierAttribute to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; would allow a user to login as &quot;bsmith&quot;, but actual RBAC policies for the user would be written as &quot;bsmith@example.com&quot;. Using &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; is recommended since this will be unique for each user. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
              &quot;loginAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the attribute which matches against the input username. This is used to find the user in the LDAP database e.g. &quot;(=)&quot; and is combined with the optional filter field. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
            },
          },
          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
          &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
            &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
            &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
            &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted OIDC client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
            &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
            &quot;enableAccessToken&quot;: True or False, # Enable access token.
            &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted OIDC Client secret
            &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
            &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
            &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
            &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
            &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
            &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
            &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
            &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
          },
          &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
          &quot;samlConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration.
            &quot;attributeMapping&quot;: { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is &quot;attribute.nickname&quot; and `value` is &quot;assertion.nickname&quot;.
              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
            },
            &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.
            &quot;groupsAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).
            &quot;identityProviderCertificates&quot;: [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;identityProviderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.
            &quot;identityProviderSsoUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.
            &quot;userAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).
            &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.
          },
        },
      ],
      &quot;identityServiceOptions&quot;: { # Holds non-protocol-related configuration options. # Optional. non-protocol-related configuration options.
        &quot;diagnosticInterface&quot;: { # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface. # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface.
          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to enable the diagnostic interface.
          &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the expiration time of the diagnostic interface enablement. When reached, requests to the interface would be automatically rejected.
        },
        &quot;sessionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the lifespan of STS tokens issued by Anthos Identity Service.
      },
    },
    &quot;mesh&quot;: { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec
      &quot;configApi&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads.
      &quot;controlPlane&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management.
      &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management.
    },
    &quot;policycontroller&quot;: { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec.
      &quot;policyControllerHubConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster.
        &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
        &quot;constraintViolationLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used.
        &quot;deploymentConfigs&quot;: { # Map of deployment configs to deployments (&quot;admission&quot;, &quot;audit&quot;, &quot;mutation&#x27;).
          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Deployment-specific configuration.
            &quot;containerResources&quot;: { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements.
              &quot;limits&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container.
                &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
              },
              &quot;requests&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler.
                &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
              },
            },
            &quot;podAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod affinity configuration.
            &quot;podAntiAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. Deprecated: use `pod_affinity` instead.
            &quot;podTolerations&quot;: [ # Pod tolerations of node taints.
              { # Toleration of a node taint.
                &quot;effect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint effect.
                &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique).
                &quot;operator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint operator.
                &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint value.
              },
            ],
            &quot;replicaCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod replica count.
          },
        },
        &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;installSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state.
        &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
        &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
          &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
        },
        &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller.
        &quot;policyContent&quot;: { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user&#x27;s desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster
          &quot;bundles&quot;: { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint.
            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle.
              &quot;exemptedNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
            },
          },
          &quot;templateLibrary&quot;: { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library.
            &quot;installation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster.
          },
        },
        &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
      },
      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of Policy Controller installed.
    },
  },
  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this Feature.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
  },
  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
      &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
        &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
        &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Optional. Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
          &quot;deploymentOverrides&quot;: [ # Optional. Configuration for deployment overrides.
            { # Configuration for a deployment override.
              &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Optional. The containers of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                { # Configuration for a container override.
                  &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the container.
                  &quot;cpuLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu limit of the container.
                  &quot;cpuRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu request of the container.
                  &quot;memoryLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory limit of the container.
                  &quot;memoryRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory request of the container.
                },
              ],
              &quot;deploymentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the deployment resource to be overridden.
              &quot;deploymentNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The namespace of the deployment resource to be overridden.
            },
          ],
          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of the git or oci field.
          &quot;git&quot;: { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Optional. Git repo configuration for the cluster.
            &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
            &quot;httpsProxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
            &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository.
            &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount, githubapp or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
            &quot;syncBranch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master.
            &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth.
            &quot;syncRev&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD.
            &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
          },
          &quot;metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Email of the Google Cloud Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be bound to the GSA. Deprecated: If Workload Identity Federation for GKE is enabled, Google Cloud Service Account is no longer needed for exporting Config Sync metrics: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/enterprise/config-sync/docs/how-to/monitor-config-sync-cloud-monitoring#custom-monitoring.
          &quot;oci&quot;: { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # Optional. OCI repo configuration for the cluster
            &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
            &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
            &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the OCI repo. Must be one of gcenode, gcpserviceaccount, k8sserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
            &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OCI image repository URL for the package to sync from. e.g. `LOCATION-docker.pkg.dev/PROJECT_ID/REPOSITORY_NAME/PACKAGE_NAME`.
            &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
          },
          &quot;preventDrift&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts.
          &quot;sourceFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in &quot;hierarchical&quot; or &quot;unstructured&quot; mode.
          &quot;stopSyncing&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false.
        },
        &quot;hierarchyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Optional. Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Hierarchy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/hierarchical-namespaces instead.
          &quot;enableHierarchicalResourceQuota&quot;: True or False, # Whether hierarchical resource quota is enabled in this cluster.
          &quot;enablePodTreeLabels&quot;: True or False, # Whether pod tree labels are enabled in this cluster.
          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether Hierarchy Controller is enabled in this cluster.
        },
        &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Feature management.
        &quot;policyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Optional. Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Policy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use the policycontroller feature instead.
          &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the installation of Policy Controller. If false, the rest of PolicyController fields take no effect.
          &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
          &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # PolicyControllerMonitoring specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
            &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
          },
          &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
          &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
          &quot;templateLibraryInstalled&quot;: True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
          &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
        },
        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Version of ACM installed.
      },
      &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **FleetObservability**: The membership-specific input for FleetObservability feature. # Fleet observability membership spec
      },
      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
        &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
          { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
            &quot;azureadConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration.
              &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider.
              &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
              &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret.
              &quot;groupFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.
              &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.
              &quot;tenant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.
              &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.
            },
            &quot;googleConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration.
              &quot;disable&quot;: True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms.
            },
            &quot;ldapConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the LDAP Auth flow. # LDAP specific configuration.
              &quot;group&quot;: { # Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory. # Optional. Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory.
                &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for group entries.
                &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional filter to be used when searching for groups a user belongs to. This can be used to explicitly match only certain groups in order to reduce the amount of groups returned for each user. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=Group)&quot;.
                &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The identifying name of each group a user belongs to. For example, if this is set to &quot;distinguishedName&quot; then RBACs and other group expectations should be written as full DNs. This defaults to &quot;distinguishedName&quot;.
              },
              &quot;server&quot;: { # Server settings for the external LDAP server. # Required. Server settings for the external LDAP server.
                &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Contains a Base64 encoded, PEM formatted certificate authority certificate for the LDAP server. This must be provided for the &quot;ldaps&quot; and &quot;startTLS&quot; connections.
                &quot;connectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defines the connection type to communicate with the LDAP server. If `starttls` or `ldaps` is specified, the certificate_authority_data should not be empty.
                &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Defines the hostname or IP of the LDAP server. Port is optional and will default to 389, if unspecified. For example, &quot;ldap.server.example&quot; or &quot;10.10.10.10:389&quot;.
              },
              &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: { # Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate. # Required. Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate.
                &quot;simpleBindCredentials&quot;: { # The structure holds the LDAP simple binding credential. # Credentials for basic auth.
                  &quot;dn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The distinguished name(DN) of the service account object/user.
                  &quot;encryptedPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The encrypted password of the service account object/user.
                  &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The password of the service account object/user.
                },
              },
              &quot;user&quot;: { # Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory. # Required. Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory.
                &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for user entries.
                &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Filter to apply when searching for the user. This can be used to further restrict the user accounts which are allowed to login. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=User)&quot;.
                &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Determines which attribute to use as the user&#x27;s identity after they are authenticated. This is distinct from the loginAttribute field to allow users to login with a username, but then have their actual identifier be an email address or full Distinguished Name (DN). For example, setting loginAttribute to &quot;sAMAccountName&quot; and identifierAttribute to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; would allow a user to login as &quot;bsmith&quot;, but actual RBAC policies for the user would be written as &quot;bsmith@example.com&quot;. Using &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; is recommended since this will be unique for each user. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                &quot;loginAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the attribute which matches against the input username. This is used to find the user in the LDAP database e.g. &quot;(=)&quot; and is combined with the optional filter field. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
              },
            },
            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
            &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
              &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
              &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
              &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted OIDC client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
              &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
              &quot;enableAccessToken&quot;: True or False, # Enable access token.
              &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted OIDC Client secret
              &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
              &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
              &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
              &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
              &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
              &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
              &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
              &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
            },
            &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
            &quot;samlConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration.
              &quot;attributeMapping&quot;: { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is &quot;attribute.nickname&quot; and `value` is &quot;assertion.nickname&quot;.
                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
              },
              &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.
              &quot;groupsAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).
              &quot;identityProviderCertificates&quot;: [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
              &quot;identityProviderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.
              &quot;identityProviderSsoUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.
              &quot;userAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).
              &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.
            },
          },
        ],
        &quot;identityServiceOptions&quot;: { # Holds non-protocol-related configuration options. # Optional. non-protocol-related configuration options.
          &quot;diagnosticInterface&quot;: { # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface. # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface.
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to enable the diagnostic interface.
            &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the expiration time of the diagnostic interface enablement. When reached, requests to the interface would be automatically rejected.
          },
          &quot;sessionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the lifespan of STS tokens issued by Anthos Identity Service.
        },
      },
      &quot;mesh&quot;: { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec
        &quot;configApi&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads.
        &quot;controlPlane&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management.
        &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management.
      },
      &quot;origin&quot;: { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly.
        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type specifies which type of origin is set.
      },
      &quot;policycontroller&quot;: { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec.
        &quot;policyControllerHubConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster.
          &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
          &quot;constraintViolationLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used.
          &quot;deploymentConfigs&quot;: { # Map of deployment configs to deployments (&quot;admission&quot;, &quot;audit&quot;, &quot;mutation&#x27;).
            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Deployment-specific configuration.
              &quot;containerResources&quot;: { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements.
                &quot;limits&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container.
                  &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                  &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                },
                &quot;requests&quot;: { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler.
                  &quot;cpu&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                  &quot;memory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.
                },
              },
              &quot;podAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod affinity configuration.
              &quot;podAntiAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. Deprecated: use `pod_affinity` instead.
              &quot;podTolerations&quot;: [ # Pod tolerations of node taints.
                { # Toleration of a node taint.
                  &quot;effect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint effect.
                  &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique).
                  &quot;operator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint operator.
                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Matches a taint value.
                },
              ],
              &quot;replicaCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pod replica count.
            },
          },
          &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;installSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state.
          &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
          &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
            &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
          },
          &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller.
          &quot;policyContent&quot;: { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user&#x27;s desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster
            &quot;bundles&quot;: { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint.
              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle.
                &quot;exemptedNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle.
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
              },
            },
            &quot;templateLibrary&quot;: { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library.
              &quot;installation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster.
            },
          },
          &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
        },
        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of Policy Controller installed.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
      &quot;appdevexperience&quot;: { # State for App Dev Exp Feature. # Appdevexperience specific state.
        &quot;networkingInstallSucceeded&quot;: { # Status specifies state for the subcomponent. # Status of subcomponent that detects configured Service Mesh resources.
          &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Code specifies AppDevExperienceFeature&#x27;s subcomponent ready state.
          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed.
        },
      },
      &quot;clusterupgrade&quot;: { # Per-membership state for this feature. # ClusterUpgrade state.
        &quot;ignored&quot;: { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. # Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel.
          &quot;ignoredTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
          &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason why the membership is ignored.
        },
        &quot;upgrades&quot;: [ # Actual upgrade state against desired.
          { # ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state per-membership.
            &quot;status&quot;: { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status code of the upgrade.
              &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason for this status.
              &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last timestamp the status was updated.
            },
            &quot;upgrade&quot;: { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;k8s_control_plane&quot;. It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;1.22.1-gke.100&quot;. It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
            },
          },
        ],
      },
      &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
        &quot;clusterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name.
        &quot;configSyncState&quot;: { # State information for ConfigSync # Output only. Current sync status
          &quot;clusterLevelStopSyncingState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Whether syncing resources to the cluster is stopped at the cluster level.
          &quot;crCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. The number of RootSync and RepoSync CRs in the cluster.
          &quot;deploymentState&quot;: { # The state of ConfigSync&#x27;s deployment on a cluster # Output only. Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed
            &quot;admissionWebhook&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of admission-webhook
            &quot;gitSync&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the git-sync pod
            &quot;importer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the importer pod
            &quot;monitor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the monitor pod
            &quot;otelCollector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of otel-collector
            &quot;reconcilerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod
            &quot;resourceGroupControllerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager
            &quot;rootReconciler&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of root-reconciler
            &quot;syncer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state of the syncer pod
          },
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Output only. Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.
            { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync
              &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string representing the user facing error message
            },
          ],
          &quot;reposyncCrd&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the Reposync CRD
          &quot;rootsyncCrd&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the RootSync CRD
          &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of CS This field summarizes the other fields in this message.
          &quot;syncState&quot;: { # State indicating an ACM&#x27;s progress syncing configurations to a cluster # Output only. The state of ConfigSync&#x27;s process to sync configs to a cluster
            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sync status code
            &quot;errors&quot;: [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist.
              { # An ACM created error representing a problem syncing configurations
                &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An ACM defined error code
                &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description of the error
                &quot;errorResources&quot;: [ # A list of config(s) associated with the error, if any
                  { # Model for a config file in the git repo with an associated Sync error
                    &quot;resourceGvk&quot;: { # A Kubernetes object&#x27;s GVK # Group/version/kind of the resource that is causing an error
                      &quot;group&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kubernetes Group
                      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kubernetes Kind
                      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kubernetes Version
                    },
                    &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Metadata name of the resource that is causing an error
                    &quot;resourceNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Namespace of the resource that is causing an error
                    &quot;sourcePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path in the git repo of the erroneous config
                  },
                ],
              },
            ],
            &quot;importToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token indicating the state of the importer.
            &quot;lastSync&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
            &quot;lastSyncTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
            &quot;sourceToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token indicating the state of the repo.
            &quot;syncToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync&#x27;s Pods # Output only. The version of ConfigSync deployed
            &quot;admissionWebhook&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod
            &quot;gitSync&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed git-sync pod
            &quot;importer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed importer pod
            &quot;monitor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed monitor pod
            &quot;otelCollector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod
            &quot;reconcilerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod
            &quot;resourceGroupControllerManager&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod
            &quot;rootReconciler&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod
            &quot;syncer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the deployed syncer pod
          },
        },
        &quot;hierarchyControllerState&quot;: { # State for Hierarchy Controller # Output only. Hierarchy Controller status
          &quot;state&quot;: { # Deployment state for Hierarchy Controller # The deployment state for Hierarchy Controller
            &quot;extension&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deployment state for Hierarchy Controller extension (e.g. v0.7.0-hc.1)
            &quot;hnc&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deployment state for open source HNC (e.g. v0.7.0-hc.0)
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: { # Version for Hierarchy Controller # The version for Hierarchy Controller
            &quot;extension&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version for Hierarchy Controller extension
            &quot;hnc&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version for open source HNC
          },
        },
        &quot;kubernetesApiServerVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Kubernetes API server version of the cluster.
        &quot;membershipSpec&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Output only. Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
          &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster&#x27;s fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
          &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Optional. Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
            &quot;deploymentOverrides&quot;: [ # Optional. Configuration for deployment overrides.
              { # Configuration for a deployment override.
                &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Optional. The containers of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                  { # Configuration for a container override.
                    &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the container.
                    &quot;cpuLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu limit of the container.
                    &quot;cpuRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The cpu request of the container.
                    &quot;memoryLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory limit of the container.
                    &quot;memoryRequest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The memory request of the container.
                  },
                ],
                &quot;deploymentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the deployment resource to be overridden.
                &quot;deploymentNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The namespace of the deployment resource to be overridden.
              },
            ],
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of the git or oci field.
            &quot;git&quot;: { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Optional. Git repo configuration for the cluster.
              &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
              &quot;httpsProxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
              &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository.
              &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount, githubapp or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
              &quot;syncBranch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master.
              &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth.
              &quot;syncRev&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD.
              &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
            },
            &quot;metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Email of the Google Cloud Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be bound to the GSA. Deprecated: If Workload Identity Federation for GKE is enabled, Google Cloud Service Account is no longer needed for exporting Config Sync metrics: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/enterprise/config-sync/docs/how-to/monitor-config-sync-cloud-monitoring#custom-monitoring.
            &quot;oci&quot;: { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # Optional. OCI repo configuration for the cluster
              &quot;gcpServiceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Cloud Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
              &quot;policyDir&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
              &quot;secretType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of secret configured for access to the OCI repo. Must be one of gcenode, gcpserviceaccount, k8sserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive.
              &quot;syncRepo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OCI image repository URL for the package to sync from. e.g. `LOCATION-docker.pkg.dev/PROJECT_ID/REPOSITORY_NAME/PACKAGE_NAME`.
              &quot;syncWaitSecs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
            },
            &quot;preventDrift&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts.
            &quot;sourceFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in &quot;hierarchical&quot; or &quot;unstructured&quot; mode.
            &quot;stopSyncing&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false.
          },
          &quot;hierarchyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Optional. Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Hierarchy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/hierarchical-namespaces instead.
            &quot;enableHierarchicalResourceQuota&quot;: True or False, # Whether hierarchical resource quota is enabled in this cluster.
            &quot;enablePodTreeLabels&quot;: True or False, # Whether pod tree labels are enabled in this cluster.
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether Hierarchy Controller is enabled in this cluster.
          },
          &quot;management&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enables automatic Feature management.
          &quot;policyController&quot;: { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Optional. Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. Deprecated: Configuring Policy Controller through the configmanagement feature is no longer recommended. Use the policycontroller feature instead.
            &quot;auditIntervalSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.
            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the installation of Policy Controller. If false, the rest of PolicyController fields take no effect.
            &quot;exemptableNamespaces&quot;: [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;logDeniesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures.
            &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # PolicyControllerMonitoring specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [&quot;cloudmonitoring&quot;, &quot;prometheus&quot;] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring.
              &quot;backends&quot;: [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
            },
            &quot;mutationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
            &quot;referentialRulesEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
            &quot;templateLibraryInstalled&quot;: True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
            &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Version of ACM installed.
        },
        &quot;operatorState&quot;: { # State information for an ACM&#x27;s Operator # Output only. Current install status of ACM&#x27;s Operator
          &quot;deploymentState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the Operator&#x27;s deployment
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Install errors.
            { # Errors pertaining to the installation of ACM
              &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string representing the user facing error message
            },
          ],
          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The semenatic version number of the operator
        },
        &quot;policyControllerState&quot;: { # State for PolicyControllerState. # Output only. PolicyController status
          &quot;deploymentState&quot;: { # State of Policy Controller installation. # The state about the policy controller installation.
            &quot;gatekeeperAudit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of gatekeeper-audit deployment.
            &quot;gatekeeperControllerManagerState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of gatekeeper-controller-manager pod.
            &quot;gatekeeperMutation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook.
          },
          &quot;migration&quot;: { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -&gt; PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -&gt; PoCo Hub migration for this feature.
            &quot;copyTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.
            &quot;stage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Stage of the migration.
          },
          &quot;version&quot;: { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed.
            &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gatekeeper image tag that is composed of ACM version, git tag, build number.
          },
        },
      },
      &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **FleetObservability**: Membership-specific Feature state for fleetobservability. # Fleet observability membership state.
      },
      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific state.
        &quot;failureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason of the failure.
        &quot;installedVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.
        &quot;memberConfig&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Last reconciled membership configuration
          &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
            { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
              &quot;azureadConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration.
                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider.
                &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
                &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret.
                &quot;groupFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.
                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.
                &quot;tenant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.
                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.
              },
              &quot;googleConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration.
                &quot;disable&quot;: True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms.
              },
              &quot;ldapConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the LDAP Auth flow. # LDAP specific configuration.
                &quot;group&quot;: { # Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory. # Optional. Contains the properties for locating and authenticating groups in the directory.
                  &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for group entries.
                  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional filter to be used when searching for groups a user belongs to. This can be used to explicitly match only certain groups in order to reduce the amount of groups returned for each user. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=Group)&quot;.
                  &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The identifying name of each group a user belongs to. For example, if this is set to &quot;distinguishedName&quot; then RBACs and other group expectations should be written as full DNs. This defaults to &quot;distinguishedName&quot;.
                },
                &quot;server&quot;: { # Server settings for the external LDAP server. # Required. Server settings for the external LDAP server.
                  &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Contains a Base64 encoded, PEM formatted certificate authority certificate for the LDAP server. This must be provided for the &quot;ldaps&quot; and &quot;startTLS&quot; connections.
                  &quot;connectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defines the connection type to communicate with the LDAP server. If `starttls` or `ldaps` is specified, the certificate_authority_data should not be empty.
                  &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Defines the hostname or IP of the LDAP server. Port is optional and will default to 389, if unspecified. For example, &quot;ldap.server.example&quot; or &quot;10.10.10.10:389&quot;.
                },
                &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: { # Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate. # Required. Contains the credentials of the service account which is authorized to perform the LDAP search in the directory. The credentials can be supplied by the combination of the DN and password or the client certificate.
                  &quot;simpleBindCredentials&quot;: { # The structure holds the LDAP simple binding credential. # Credentials for basic auth.
                    &quot;dn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The distinguished name(DN) of the service account object/user.
                    &quot;encryptedPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The encrypted password of the service account object/user.
                    &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The password of the service account object/user.
                  },
                },
                &quot;user&quot;: { # Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory. # Required. Defines where users exist in the LDAP directory.
                  &quot;baseDn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the subtree in the LDAP directory to search for user entries.
                  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Filter to apply when searching for the user. This can be used to further restrict the user accounts which are allowed to login. This defaults to &quot;(objectClass=User)&quot;.
                  &quot;idAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Determines which attribute to use as the user&#x27;s identity after they are authenticated. This is distinct from the loginAttribute field to allow users to login with a username, but then have their actual identifier be an email address or full Distinguished Name (DN). For example, setting loginAttribute to &quot;sAMAccountName&quot; and identifierAttribute to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; would allow a user to login as &quot;bsmith&quot;, but actual RBAC policies for the user would be written as &quot;bsmith@example.com&quot;. Using &quot;userPrincipalName&quot; is recommended since this will be unique for each user. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                  &quot;loginAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the attribute which matches against the input username. This is used to find the user in the LDAP database e.g. &quot;(=)&quot; and is combined with the optional filter field. This defaults to &quot;userPrincipalName&quot;.
                },
              },
              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
              &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
                &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
                &quot;clientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. Unencrypted OIDC client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH.
                &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
                &quot;enableAccessToken&quot;: True or False, # Enable access token.
                &quot;encryptedClientSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Encrypted OIDC Client secret
                &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
                &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
                &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
                &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
              },
              &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
              &quot;samlConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration.
                &quot;attributeMapping&quot;: { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is &quot;attribute.nickname&quot; and `value` is &quot;assertion.nickname&quot;.
                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                },
                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.
                &quot;groupsAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).
                &quot;identityProviderCertificates&quot;: [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
                &quot;identityProviderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.
                &quot;identityProviderSsoUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.
                &quot;userAttribute&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).
                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.
              },
            },
          ],
          &quot;identityServiceOptions&quot;: { # Holds non-protocol-related configuration options. # Optional. non-protocol-related configuration options.
            &quot;diagnosticInterface&quot;: { # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface. # Configuration options for the AIS diagnostic interface.
              &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to enable the diagnostic interface.
              &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the expiration time of the diagnostic interface enablement. When reached, requests to the interface would be automatically rejected.
            },
            &quot;sessionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the lifespan of STS tokens issued by Anthos Identity Service.
          },
        },
        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state on this member
      },
      &quot;policycontroller&quot;: { # **Policy Controller**: State for a single cluster. # Policycontroller-specific state.
        &quot;componentStates&quot;: { # Currently these include (also serving as map keys): 1. &quot;admission&quot; 2. &quot;audit&quot; 3. &quot;mutation&quot;
          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller.
            &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
          },
        },
        &quot;policyContentState&quot;: { # The state of the policy controller policy content # The overall content state observed by the Hub Feature controller.
          &quot;bundleStates&quot;: { # The state of the any bundles included in the chosen version of the manifest
            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller.
              &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
              &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
            },
          },
          &quot;referentialSyncConfigState&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user.
            &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
          },
          &quot;templateLibraryState&quot;: { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library
            &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Surface potential errors or information logs.
            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifecycle state of this component.
          },
        },
        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller.
      },
      &quot;servicemesh&quot;: { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state.
        &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership.
          { # Condition being reported.
            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user.
            &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short summary about the issue.
            &quot;documentationLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Links contains actionable information.
            &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Severity level of the condition.
          },
        ],
        &quot;controlPlaneManagement&quot;: { # Status of control plane management. # Output only. Status of control plane management
          &quot;details&quot;: [ # Explanation of state.
            { # Structured and human-readable details for a status.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A machine-readable code that further describes a broad status.
              &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable explanation of code.
            },
          ],
          &quot;implementation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Implementation of managed control plane.
          &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LifecycleState of control plane management.
        },
        &quot;dataPlaneManagement&quot;: { # Status of data plane management. Only reported per-member. # Output only. Status of data plane management.
          &quot;details&quot;: [ # Explanation of the status.
            { # Structured and human-readable details for a status.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A machine-readable code that further describes a broad status.
              &quot;details&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable explanation of code.
            },
          ],
          &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Lifecycle status of data plane management.
        },
      },
      &quot;state&quot;: { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature&#x27;s state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # The high-level state of this Feature for a single membership.
        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
        &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The full, unique name of this Feature resource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.
  &quot;resourceState&quot;: { # FeatureResourceState describes the state of a Feature *resource* in the GkeHub API. See `FeatureState` for the &quot;running state&quot; of the Feature in the Fleet and across Memberships. # Output only. State of the Feature resource itself.
    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
  },
  &quot;scopeSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Scope-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Scope configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Scope is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # ScopeFeatureSpec contains feature specs for a fleet scope.
    },
  },
  &quot;scopeStates&quot;: { # Output only. Scope-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Scope status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # ScopeFeatureState contains Scope-wide Feature status information.
      &quot;state&quot;: { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature&#x27;s state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # Output only. The &quot;running state&quot; of the Feature in this Scope.
        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
        &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;spec&quot;: { # CommonFeatureSpec contains Fleet-wide configuration information # Optional. Fleet-wide Feature configuration. If this Feature does not support any Fleet-wide configuration, this field may be unused.
    &quot;appdevexperience&quot;: { # Spec for App Dev Experience Feature. # Appdevexperience specific spec.
    },
    &quot;clusterupgrade&quot;: { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade (fleet-based) feature spec.
      &quot;gkeUpgradeOverrides&quot;: [ # Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade.
        { # Properties of a GKE upgrade that can be overridden by the user. For example, a user can skip soaking by overriding the soaking to 0.
          &quot;postConditions&quot;: { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to override for the specified upgrade (name + version). Required.
            &quot;soaking&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Amount of time to &quot;soak&quot; after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
          },
          &quot;upgrade&quot;: { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Required. Which upgrade to override. Required.
            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;k8s_control_plane&quot;. It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
            &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;1.22.1-gke.100&quot;. It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
          },
        },
      ],
      &quot;postConditions&quot;: { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required.
        &quot;soaking&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Amount of time to &quot;soak&quot; after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
      },
      &quot;upstreamFleets&quot;: [ # This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
    },
    &quot;dataplanev2&quot;: { # **Dataplane V2**: Spec # DataplaneV2 feature spec.
      &quot;enableEncryption&quot;: True or False, # Enable dataplane-v2 based encryption for multiple clusters.
    },
    &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **Fleet Observability**: The Hub-wide input for the FleetObservability feature. # FleetObservability feature spec.
      &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig defines the configuration for different types of logs. # Specified if fleet logging feature is enabled for the entire fleet. If UNSPECIFIED, fleet logging feature is disabled for the entire fleet.
        &quot;defaultConfig&quot;: { # RoutingConfig configures the behaviour of fleet logging feature. # Specified if applying the default routing config to logs not specified in other configs.
          &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # mode configures the logs routing mode.
        },
        &quot;fleetScopeLogsConfig&quot;: { # RoutingConfig configures the behaviour of fleet logging feature. # Specified if applying the routing config to all logs for all fleet scopes.
          &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # mode configures the logs routing mode.
        },
      },
    },
    &quot;multiclusteringress&quot;: { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
      &quot;configMembership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
    },
    &quot;rbacrolebindingactuation&quot;: { # **RBAC RoleBinding Actuation**: The Hub-wide input for the RBACRoleBindingActuation feature. # RBAC Role Binding Actuation feature spec
      &quot;allowedCustomRoles&quot;: [ # The list of allowed custom roles (ClusterRoles). If a ClusterRole is not part of this list, it cannot be used in a Scope RBACRoleBinding. If a ClusterRole in this list is in use, it cannot be removed from the list.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
    },
  },
  &quot;state&quot;: { # CommonFeatureState contains Fleet-wide Feature status information. # Output only. The Fleet-wide Feature state.
    &quot;appdevexperience&quot;: { # State for App Dev Exp Feature. # Appdevexperience specific state.
      &quot;networkingInstallSucceeded&quot;: { # Status specifies state for the subcomponent. # Status of subcomponent that detects configured Service Mesh resources.
        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Code specifies AppDevExperienceFeature&#x27;s subcomponent ready state.
        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed.
      },
    },
    &quot;clusterupgrade&quot;: { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade fleet-level state.
      &quot;downstreamFleets&quot;: [ # This fleets whose upstream_fleets contain the current fleet. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;gkeState&quot;: { # GKEUpgradeFeatureState contains feature states for GKE clusters in the scope. # Feature state for GKE clusters.
        &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Current conditions of the feature.
          { # GKEUpgradeFeatureCondition describes the condition of the feature for GKE clusters at a certain point of time.
            &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason why the feature is in this status.
            &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the condition, for example, &quot;ready&quot;.
            &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last timestamp the condition was updated.
          },
        ],
        &quot;upgradeState&quot;: [ # Upgrade state. It will eventually replace `state`.
          { # GKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state at the scope and fleet level.
            &quot;stats&quot;: { # Number of GKE clusters in each status code.
              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
            },
            &quot;status&quot;: { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status code of the upgrade.
              &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason for this status.
              &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last timestamp the status was updated.
            },
            &quot;upgrade&quot;: { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;k8s_control_plane&quot;. It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the upgrade, e.g., &quot;1.22.1-gke.100&quot;. It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
            },
          },
        ],
      },
      &quot;ignored&quot;: { # A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`.
        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default.
          &quot;ignoredTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
          &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reason why the membership is ignored.
        },
      },
    },
    &quot;fleetobservability&quot;: { # **FleetObservability**: Hub-wide Feature for FleetObservability feature. state. # FleetObservability feature state.
      &quot;logging&quot;: { # Feature state for logging feature. # The feature state of default logging.
        &quot;defaultLog&quot;: { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet default log.
          &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Errors after reconciling the monitoring and logging feature if the code is not OK.
            { # All error details of the fleet observability feature.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The code of the error.
              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
            },
          ],
        },
        &quot;scopeLog&quot;: { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet scope log.
          &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Errors after reconciling the monitoring and logging feature if the code is not OK.
            { # All error details of the fleet observability feature.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The code of the error.
              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
            },
          ],
        },
      },
      &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # Feature state for monitoring feature. # The feature state of fleet monitoring.
        &quot;state&quot;: { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet monitoring feature.
          &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
          &quot;errors&quot;: [ # Errors after reconciling the monitoring and logging feature if the code is not OK.
            { # All error details of the fleet observability feature.
              &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The code of the error.
              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
            },
          ],
        },
      },
    },
    &quot;rbacrolebindingactuation&quot;: { # **RBAC RoleBinding Actuation**: An empty state left as an example Hub-wide Feature state. # RBAC Role Binding Actuation feature state
    },
    &quot;state&quot;: { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature&#x27;s state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # Output only. The &quot;running state&quot; of the Feature in this Fleet.
      &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A human-readable description of the current status.
      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated.
    },
  },
  &quot;unreachable&quot;: [ # Output only. List of locations that could not be reached while fetching this feature.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the Feature resource was last updated.
}

  requestId: string, A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
  updateMask: string, Mask of fields to update.
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

Args:
  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
    &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
        &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; } ] } This enables &#x27;DATA_READ&#x27; and &#x27;DATA_WRITE&#x27; logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
            &quot;exemptedMembers&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The log type that this config enables.
          },
        ],
        &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
      },
    ],
    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
        &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
          &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
        },
        &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
      },
    ],
    &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
    &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
  },
  &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: &quot;bindings, etag&quot;`
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
  &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
      &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; } ] } This enables &#x27;DATA_READ&#x27; and &#x27;DATA_WRITE&#x27; logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
          &quot;exemptedMembers&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The log type that this config enables.
        },
      ],
      &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
    },
  ],
  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
      &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
        &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
        &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
      },
      &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
    },
  ],
  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
  &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may &quot;fail open&quot; without warning.

Args:
  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
  &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
  &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
}</pre>
</div>

</body></html>